Part I--From the 'Summa Theologica'

LIBRARY OF THE

WORLD'S BEST LITERATURE

ANCIENT AND MODERN

CHARLES DUDLEY WARNER

EDITOR

HAMILTON WRIGHT MABIE

LUCIA GILBERT RUNKLE

GEORGE HENRY WARNER

ASSOCIATE EDITORS

Connoisseur Edition

VOL. II.

1896

THE ADVISORY COUNCIL

CRAWFORD H. TOY, A.M., LL.D.,

Professor of Hebrew, HARVARD UNIVERSITY, Cambridge, Mass.

THOMAS R. LOUNSBURY, LL.D., L.H.D.,

Professor of English in the Sheffield Scientific School of

YALE UNIVERSITY, New Haven, Conn.

WILLIAM M. SLOANE, PH.D., L.H.D.,

Professor of History and Political Science,

PRINCETON UNIVERSITY, Princeton, N.J.

BRANDER MATTHEWS, A.M., LL.B.,

Professor of Literature, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, New York City.

JAMES B. ANGELL, LL.D.,

President of the UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, Ann Arbor, Mich.

WILLARD FISKE, A.M., PH.D.,

Late Professor of the Germanic and Scandinavian Languages

and Literatures, CORNELL UNIVERSITY, Ithaca, N.Y.

EDWARD S. HOLDEN, A.M., LL.D.,

Director of the Lick Observatory, and Astronomer,

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, Berkeley, Cal.

ALCÉE FORTIER, LIT.D.,

Professor of the Romance Languages,

TULANE UNIVERSITY, New Orleans, La.

WILLIAM P. TRENT, M.A.,

Dean of the Department of Arts and Sciences, and Professor of

English and History,

UNIVERSITY OF THE SOUTH, Sewanee, Tenn.

PAUL SHOREY, PH.D.,

Professor of Greek and Latin Literature,

UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO, Chicago, Ill.

WILLIAM T. HARRIS, LL.D.,

United States Commissioner of Education,

BUREAU OF EDUCATION, Washington, D.C.

MAURICE FRANCIS EGAN, A.M., LL.D.,

Professor of Literature in the

CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA, Washington, D.C.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

VOL. II.

LIVED

HENRI FRÉDÉRIC AMIEL--_Continued_: 1821-1881

Self-interest Woman's ideal the Community's Fate

Wagner's Music French Self-Consciousness

Secret of Remaining Young Frivolous Art

Results of Equality Critical Ideals

View-Points of History The Best Art

Introspection and Schopenhauer The True Critic

Music and the Imagination Spring--Universal Religion

Love and the Sexes Introspective Meditations

Fundamentals of Religion Destiny (just before death)

Dangers from Decay of Earnestness

ANACREON B.C. 562?-477

Drinking The Grasshopper

Age The Swallow

The Epicure The Poet's Choice

Gold Drinking

A Lover's Sigh

HANS CHRISTIAN ANDERSEN (by Benjamin W. Wells) 1805-1875

The Steadfast Tin Soldier What the Moon Saw

The Teapot The Lovers

The Ugly Duckling The Snow Queen

The Nightingale

The Market Place and the Andersen Jubilee at Odense

('The Story of My Life')

'Miserere' in the Sixtine Chapel ('The Improvisatore')

ANEURIN Sixth Century

The Slaying of Owain

The Fate of Hoel, Son of the Great Cian

The Giant Gwrveling Falls at Last

ANGLO-SAXON LITERATURE (by Robert Sharp)

From 'Beowulf' The Fortunes of Men

Deor's Lament From 'Judith'

From 'The Wanderer' The Fight at Maldon

The Seafarer Cædmon's Inspiration

From the 'Chronicle'

GABRIELE D'ANNUNZIO 1864-

The Drowned Boy ('The Triumph of Death')

To an Impromptu of Chopin (same)

India

ANTAR (by Edward S. Holden) About 550-615

The Valor of Antar

LUCIUS APULEIUS Second Century

The Tale of Aristomenes, the Commercial Traveler ('The

Metamorphoses')

The Awakening of Cupid (same)

THOMAS AQUINAS (by Edwin A. Pace) 1226-1274

On the Value of Our Concepts of the Deity ('Summa

Theologica')

How Can the Absolute Be a Cause? ('Quæstiones Disputatæ')

On the Production of Living Things (same)

THE ARABIAN NIGHTS (by Richard Gottheil)

From 'The Story of the City of Brass' (Lane's Translation)

From 'The History of King Omar Ben Ennuman, and His

Sons Sherkan and Zoulmekan' (Payne's Translation)

From 'Sindbad the Seaman and Sindbad the Landsman'

(Burton's Translation)

Conclusion of 'The Thousand Nights and a Night' (Burton's

Translation)

ARABIC LITERATURE (by Richard Gottheil)

Imr-al-Kais: Description of a Mountain Storm

Zuhéir: Lament for the Destruction of his Former Home

Tarafah ibn al-'Abd: Rebuke to a Mischief-Maker

Labîd: Lament for the Afflictions of his Tribe

Antar: A Fair Lady

Duraid, son of as-Simmah: The Death of 'Abdallâh

Ash-Shanfarà of Azd: A Picture of Womanhood

'Umar ibn Rabí'a: Zeynab at the Ka'bah

'Umar ibn Rabí'a: The Unveiled Maid

Al-Nâbighah: Eulogy of the Men of Ghassân

Nusaib: The Slave-Mother Sold

Al-Find: Vengeance

Ibrahim, Son of Kunaif: Patience

Abu Sakhr: A Lost Love

Abu l'Ata of Sind: An Address to the Beloved

Ja'far ibn 'Ulbah: A Foray

Katari ibn al-Fujâ'ah: Fatality

Al-Fadi ibn al-Abbas: Implacability

Hittân ibn al-Mu'allà: Parental Affection

Sa'd, son of Malik: A Tribesman's Valor

From Sale's Koran:--Chapter xxxv.: "The Creator";

Chapter lv.: "The Merciful"; Chapter lxxxiv.: "The

Rending in Sunder"

Al-Hariri: His Prayer

Al-Hariri: The Words of Hareth ibn Hammam

The Caliph Omar Bin Abd Al-Aziz and the Poets (From

'Supplemental Nights': Burton's Translation)

DOMINIQUE FRANÇOIS ARAGO (by Edward S. Holden) 1786-1853

Laplace

JOHN ARBUTHNOT 1667-1735

The True Characters of John Bull, Nic. Frog, and Hocus

('The History of John Bull')

Reconciliation of John and his Sister Peg (same)

Of the Rudiments of Martin's Learning ('Memoirs of

Martinus Scriblerus')

THE ARGONAUTIC LEGEND

The Victory of Orpheus ('The Life and Death of Jason')

LUDOVICO ARIOSTO (by L. Oscar Kuhns) 1474-1533

The Friendship of Medoro and Cloridane ('Orlando Furioso')

The Saving of Medoro (same)

The Madness of Orlando (same)

ARISTOPHANES (by Paul Shorey) B.C. 448-390?

Origin of the Peloponnesian War ('The Acharnians')

The Poet's Apology (same)

Appeal of the Chorus ('The Knights')

Cloud Chorus ('The Clouds')

A Rainy Day on the Farm ('The Peace')

The Harvest (same)

Grand Chorus of Birds ('The Birds')

Call to the Nightingale (same)

The Building of Cloud-Cuckoo-Town (same)

Chorus of Women ('Thesmophoriazusæ')

Chorus of Mystæ in Hades ('The Frogs')

A Parody of Euripides' Lyric Verse ('The Frogs')

The Prologues of Euripides (same)

ARISTOTLE (by Thomas Davidson) B.C. 384-322

Nature of the Soul ('On the Soul')

On the Difference between History and Poetry ('Poetics')

On Philosophy (Cicero's 'Nature of the Gods')

On Essences ('Metaphysics')

On Community of Studies ('Politics')

Hymn to Virtue

JÓN ARNASON 1819-1888

From 'Icelandic Legends':

The Merman

The Fisherman of Götur

The Magic Scythe

The Man-Servant and the Water-Elves

The Crossways

ERNST MORITZ ARNDT 1769-1860

What is the German's Fatherland?

The Song of the Field-Marshal

Patriotic Song

EDWIN ARNOLD 1832-

Youth of Buddha ('The Light of Asia')

The Pure Sacrifice of Buddha (same)

Faithfulness of Yudhisthira ('The Great Journey')

He and She

After Death ('Pearls of the Faith')

Solomon and the Ant (same)

The Afternoon (same)

The Trumpet (same)

Envoi to 'The Light of Asia'

Grishma; or the Season of Heat (Translated from Kalidasa)

MATTHEW ARNOLD (by George Edward Wood-berry) 1822-1888

Intelligence and Genius ('Essays in Criticism')

Sweetness and Light ('Culture and Anarchy')

Oxford ('Essays in Criticism')

To A Friend

Youth and Calm

Isolation--To Marguerite

Stanzas in Memory of the Author of 'Obermann' (1849)

Memorial Verses (1850)

The Sick King in Bokhara

Dover Beach

Self-Dependence

Stanzas from the Grande Chartreuse

A Summer Night

The Better Part

The Last Word

THE ARTHURIAN LEGENDS (by Richard Jones)

From Geoffrey of Monmouth's 'Historia Britonum'

The Holy Grail (Malory's 'Morte d'Arthur')

PETER CHRISTEN ASBJÖRNSEN 1812-1885

Gudbrand of the Mountain-Side

The Widow's Son

ROGER ASCHAM 1515-1568

On Gentleness in Education ('The Schoolmaster')

On Study and Exercise ('Toxophilus')

ATHENÆUS Third Century B.C.

Why the Nile Overflows ('Deipnosophistæ')

How to Preserve the Health (same)

An Account of Some Great Eaters (same)

The Love of Animals for Man (same)

PER DANIEL AMADEUS ATTERBOM 1790-1855

The Genius of the North

The Lily of the Valley

Svanhvit's Colloquy ('The Islands of the Blest')

The Mermaid

AUCASSIN AND NICOLETTE (by Frederick Morris

Warren) Twelfth Century

'Tis of Aucassin and Nicolette

JOHN JAMES AUDUBON 1780-1851

A Dangerous Adventure ('The American Ornithological

Biography')

BERTHOLD AUERBACH 1812-1882

The First Mass ('Ivo the Gentleman')

The Peasant-Nurse and the Prince ('On the Heights')

FULL-PAGE ILLUSTRATIONS

VOLUME II.

* * * * *

PAGE

The Gutenberg Bible (Colored Plate) Frontispiece

Lyly's "Euphues" (Fac-simile) 485

Hans Christian Andersen (Portrait) 500

"Haroun al Raschid" (Photogravure) 622

Dominique François Arago (Portrait) 704

Ludovico Ariosto (Portrait) 742

Aristotle (Portrait) 788

Matthew Arnold (Portrait) 844

"Lancelot Bids Adieu to Elaine" (Photogravure) 890

John James Audubon (Portrait) 956

VIGNETTE PORTRAITS

Anacreon Aristophenes

Lucius Apuleius Ernst Moritz Arndt

Thomas Aquinas Roger Ascham

John Arbuthnot Berthold Auerbach

_EUPHUES._.

Reduced facsimile of title-page of the "Euphues" of John Lyly.

The Colophon reads:

Imprinted at London by Thomas East, for Gabriel Cawood dwelling

in Panics Church yard. 1581.

This is a good example of the quaint title-pages of the books of the

early printers;

showing the old-fashioned border, the true "old-style" type, the

ancient form of the S, the V, and the U, and the now obsolete

spelling of several words.

_EVPHVES._

THE ANATOMY

OF WIT.

Verie pleasaunt for all

Gentlemen to read, and

most necessarie to remember.

wherein are contained the

delightes that Wit followeth in his youth

by the pleasantnesse of love, & the happinesse

he reapeth in age, by

the perfectnesse of

Wisedome.

By John Lyly Master

of Art.

Corrected and augmented.

Imprinted at London

for Gabriel Cawood dwelling

in Paules. Church-yard.

(Continued from Volume I)

to the storms of air and sea; and while the soul of Mozart seems to

dwell on the ethereal peaks of Olympus, that of Beethoven climbs

shuddering the storm-beaten sides of a Sinai. Blessed be they both! Each

represents a moment of the ideal life, each does us good. Our love is

due to both.

Self-interest is but the survival of the animal in us. Humanity only

begins for man with self-surrender.

* * * * *

MAY 27TH, 1857.--Wagner's is a powerful mind endowed with strong

poetical sensitiveness. His work is even more poetical than musical. The

suppression of the lyrical element, and therefore of melody, is with him

a systematic _parti pris._ No more duos or trios; monologue and the aria

are alike done away with. There remains only declamation, the

recitative, and the choruses. In order to avoid the conventional in

singing, Wagner falls into another convention,--that of not singing at

all. He subordinates the voice to articulate speech, and for fear lest

the muse should take flight he clips her wings; so that his works are

rather symphonic dramas than operas. The voice is brought down to the

rank of an instrument, put on a level with the violins, the hautboys,

and the drums, and treated instrumentally. Man is deposed from his

superior position, and the centre of gravity of the work passes into the

baton of the conductor. It is music depersonalized,--neo-Hegelian

music,--music multiple instead of individual. If this is so, it is

indeed the music of the future,--the music of the socialist democracy

replacing the art which is aristocratic, heroic, or subjective.

* * * * *

DECEMBER 4TH, 1863.--The whole secret of remaining young in spite of

years, and even of gray hairs, is to cherish enthusiasm in one's self,

by poetry, by contemplation, by charity,--that is, in fewer words, by

the maintenance of harmony in the soul.

* * * * *

APRIL 12TH, 1858.--The era of equality means the triumph of mediocrity.

It is disappointing, but inevitable; for it is one of time's

revenges.... Art no doubt will lose, but justice will gain. Is not

universal leveling down the law of nature?... The world is striving with

all its force for the destruction of what it has itself brought forth!

* * * * *

MARCH 1ST, 1869.--From the point of view of the ideal, humanity is

_triste_ and ugly. But if we compare it with its probable origins, we

see that the human race has not altogether wasted its time. Hence there

are three possible views of history: the view of the pessimist, who

starts from the ideal; the view of the optimist, who compares the past

with the present; and the view of the hero-worshiper, who sees that all

progress whatever has cost oceans of blood and tears.

* * * * *

AUGUST 31ST, 1869.--I have finished Schopenhauer. My mind has been a

tumult of opposing systems,--Stoicism, Quietism, Buddhism, Christianity.

Shall I never be at peace with myself? If impersonality is a good, why

am I not consistent in the pursuit of it? and if it is a temptation, why

return to it, after having judged and conquered it?

Is happiness anything more than a conventional fiction? The deepest

reason for my state of doubt is that the supreme end and aim of life

seems to me a mere lure and deception. The individual is an eternal

dupe, who never obtains what he seeks, and who is forever deceived by

hope. My instinct is in harmony with the pessimism of Buddha and of

Schopenhauer. It is a doubt which never leaves me, even in my moments of

religious fervor. Nature is indeed for me a Maïa; and I look at her, as

it were, with the eyes of an artist. My intelligence remains skeptical.

What, then, do I believe in? I do not know. And what is it I hope for?

It would be difficult to say. Folly! I believe in goodness, and I hope

that good will prevail. Deep within this ironical and disappointed being

of mine there is a child hidden--a frank, sad, simple creature, who

believes in the ideal, in love, in holiness, and all heavenly

superstitions. A whole millennium of idyls sleeps in my heart; I am a

pseudo-skeptic, a pseudo-scoffer.

"Borne dans sa nature, infini dans ses voeux,

L'homme est un dieu tombé qui se souvient des cieux."

* * * * *

MARCH 17TH, 1870.--This morning the music of a brass band which had

stopped under my windows moved me almost to tears. It exercised an

indefinable, nostalgic power over me; it set me dreaming of another

world, of infinite passion and supreme happiness. Such impressions are

the echoes of Paradise in the soul; memories of ideal spheres whose sad

sweetness ravishes and intoxicates the heart. O Plato! O Pythagoras!

ages ago you heard these harmonies, surprised these moments of inward

ecstasy,--knew these divine transports! If music thus carries us to

heaven, it is because music is harmony, harmony is perfection,

perfection is our dream, and our dream is heaven.

* * * * *

APRIL 1ST, 1870.--I am inclined to believe that for a woman love is the

supreme authority,--that which judges the rest and decides what is good

or evil. For a man, love is subordinate to right. It is a great passion,

but it is not the source of order, the synonym of reason, the criterion

of excellence. It would seem, then, that a woman places her ideal in the

perfection of love, and a man in the perfection of justice.

* * * * *

JUNE 5TH, 1870.--The efficacy of religion lies precisely in that which

is not rational, philosophic, nor eternal; its efficacy lies in the

unforeseen, the miraculous, the extraordinary. Thus religion attracts

more devotion in proportion as it demands more faith,--that is to say,

as it becomes more incredible to the profane mind. The philosopher

aspires to explain away all mysteries, to dissolve them into light. It

is mystery, on the other hand, which the religious instinct demands and

pursues: it is mystery which constitutes the essence of worship, the

power of proselytism. When the cross became the "foolishness" of the

cross, it took possession of the masses. And in our own day, those who

wish to get rid of the supernatural, to enlighten religion, to economize

faith, find themselves deserted, like poets who should declaim against

poetry, or women who should decry love. Faith consists in the acceptance

of the incomprehensible, and even in the pursuit of the impossible, and

is self-intoxicated with its own sacrifices, its own repeated

extravagances.

It is the forgetfulness of this psychological law which stultifies the

so-called liberal Christianity. It is the realization of it which

constitutes the strength of Catholicism.

Apparently, no positive religion can survive the supernatural element

which is the reason for its existence. Natural religion seems to be the

tomb of all historic cults. All concrete religions die eventually in the

pure air of philosophy. So long then as the life of nations is in need

of religion as a motive and sanction of morality, as food for faith,

hope, and charity, so long will the masses turn away from pure reason

and naked truth, so long will they adore mystery, so long--and rightly

so--will they rest in faith, the only region where the ideal presents

itself to them in an attractive form.

* * * * *

OCTOBER 26TH, 1870.--If ignorance and passion are the foes of popular

morality, it must be confessed that moral indifference is the malady of

the cultivated classes. The modern separation of enlightenment and

virtue, of thought and conscience, of the intellectual aristocracy from

the honest and vulgar crowd, is the greatest danger that can threaten

liberty. When any society produces an increasing number of literary

exquisites, of satirists, skeptics, and _beaux esprits_, some chemical

disorganization of fabric may be inferred. Take, for example, the

century of Augustus and that of Louis XV. Our cynics and railers are

mere egotists, who stand aloof from the common duty, and in their

indolent remoteness are of no service to society against any ill which

may attack it. Their cultivation consists in having got rid of feeling.

And thus they fall farther and farther away from true humanity, and

approach nearer to the demoniacal nature. What was it that

Mephistopheles lacked? Not intelligence, certainly, but goodness.

* * * * *

DECEMBER 11TH, 1875.--The ideal which the wife and mother makes for

herself, the manner in which she understands duty and life, contain the

fate of the community. Her faith becomes the star of the conjugal ship,

and her love the animating principle that fashions the future of all

belonging to her. Woman is the salvation or destruction of the family.

She carries its destinies in the folds of her mantle.

* * * * *

JANUARY 22D, 1875.--The thirst for truth is not a French passion. In

everything appearance is preferred to reality, the outside to the

inside, the fashion to the material, that which shines to that which

profits, opinion to conscience. That is to say, the Frenchman's centre

of gravity is always outside him,--he is always thinking of others,

playing to the gallery. To him individuals are so many zeros: the unit

which turns them into a number must be added from outside; it may be

royalty, the writer of the day, the favorite newspaper, or any other

temporary master of fashion.--All this is probably the result of an

exaggerated sociability, which weakens the soul's forces of resistance,

destroys its capacity for investigation and personal conviction, and

kills in it the worship of the ideal.

* * * * *

DECEMBER 9TH, 1877.--The modern haunters of Parnassus carve urns of

agate and of onyx; but inside the urns what is there?--Ashes. Their work

lacks feeling, seriousness, sincerity, and pathos--in a word, soul and

moral life. I cannot bring myself to sympathize with such a way of

understanding poetry. The talent shown is astonishing, but stuff and

matter are wanting. It is an effort of the imagination to stand

alone--substitute for everything else. We find metaphors, rhymes, music,

color, but not man, not humanity. Poetry of this factitious kind may

beguile one at twenty, but what can one make of it at fifty? It reminds

me of Pergamos, of Alexandria, of all the epochs of decadence when

beauty of form hid poverty of thought and exhaustion of feeling. I

strongly share the repugnance which this poetical school arouses in

simple people. It is as though it only cared to please the world-worn,

the over-subtle, the corrupted, while it ignores all normal healthy

life, virtuous habits, pure affections, steady labor, honesty, and duty.

It is an affectation, and because it is an affectation the school is

struck with sterility. The reader desires in the poem something better

than a juggler in rhyme, or a conjurer in verse; he looks 'to find in

him a painter of life, a being who thinks, loves, and has a conscience,

who feels passion and repentance.

The true critic strives for a clear vision of things as they are--for

justice and fairness; his effort is to get free from himself, so that he

may in no way disfigure that which he wishes to understand or reproduce.

His superiority to the common herd lies in this effort, even when its

success is only partial. He distrusts his own senses, he sifts his own

impressions, by returning upon them from different sides and at

different times, by comparing, moderating, shading, distinguishing, and

so endeavoring to approach more and more nearly to the formula which

represents the maximum of truth.

The art which is grand and yet simple is that which presupposes the

greatest elevation both in artist and in public.

* * * * *

MAY 19TH, 1878.--Criticism is above all a gift, an intuition, a matter

of tact and _flair_; it cannot be taught or demonstrated,--it is an art.

Critical genius means an aptitude for discerning truth under appearances

or in disguises which conceal it; for discovering it in spite of the

errors of testimony, the frauds of tradition, the dust of time, the loss

or alteration of texts. It is the sagacity of the hunter whom nothing

deceives for long, and whom no ruse can throw off the trail. It is the

talent of the _Juge d'Instruction_ who knows how to interrogate

circumstances, and to extract an unknown secret from a thousand

falsehoods. The true critic can understand everything, but he will be

the dupe of nothing, and to no convention will he sacrifice his duty,

which is to find out and proclaim truth. Competent learning, general

cultivation, absolute probity, accuracy of general view, human sympathy,

and technical capacity,--how many things are necessary to the critic,

without reckoning grace, delicacy, _savoir vivre_, and the gift of happy

phrasemaking!

* * * * *

MAY 22D, 1879 (Ascension Day).--Wonderful and delicious weather. Soft,

caressing sunlight,--the air a limpid blue,--twitterings of birds; even

the distant voices of the city have something young and springlike in

them. It is indeed a new birth. The ascension of the Savior of men is

symbolized by the expansion, this heavenward yearning of nature.... I

feel myself born again; all the windows of the soul are clear. Forms,

lines, tints, reflections, sounds, contrasts, and harmonies, the general

play and interchange of things,--it is all enchanting!

In my courtyard the ivy is green again, the chestnut-tree is full of

leaf, the Persian lilac beside the little fountain is flushed with red

and just about to flower; through the wide openings to the right and

left of the old College of Calvin I see the Salève above the trees of

St. Antoine, the Voirons above the hill of Cologny; while the three

flights of steps which, from landing to landing, lead between two high

walls from the Rue Verdaine to the terrace of the Tranchées, recall to

one's imagination some old city of the south, a glimpse of Perugia or

of Malaga.

All the bells are ringing. It is the hour of worship. A historical and

religious impression mingles with the picturesque, the musical, the

poetical impressions of the scene. All the peoples of Christendom--all

the churches scattered over the globe--are celebrating at this moment

the glory of the Crucified.

And what are those many nations doing who have other prophets, and

honor the Divinity in other ways--the Jews, the Mussulmans, the

Buddhists, the Vishnuists, the Guebers? They have other sacred days,

other rites, other solemnities, other beliefs. But all have some

religion, some ideal end for life--all aim at raising man above the

sorrows and smallnesses of the present, and of the individual existence.

All have faith in something greater than themselves, all pray, all bow,

all adore; all see beyond nature, Spirit, and beyond evil, Good. All

bear witness to the Invisible. Here we have the link which binds all

peoples together. All men are equally creatures of sorrow and desire, of

hope and fear. All long to recover some lost harmony with the great

order of things, and to feel themselves approved and blessed by the

Author of the universe. All know what suffering is, and yearn for

happiness. All know what sin is, and feel the need of pardon.

Christianity, reduced to its original simplicity, is the reconciliation

of the sinner with God, by means of the certainty that God loves in

spite of everything, and that he chastises because he loves.

Christianity furnished a new motive and a new strength for the

achievement of moral perfection. It made holiness attractive by giving

to it the air of filial gratitude.

* * * * *

JULY 28TH, 1880.--This afternoon I have had a walk in the sunshine, and

have just come back rejoicing in a renewed communion with nature. The

waters of the Rhone and the Arve, the murmur of the river, the austerity

of its banks, the brilliancy of the foliage, the play of the leaves, the

splendor of the July sunlight, the rich fertility of the fields, the

lucidity of the distant mountains, the whiteness of the glaciers under

the azure serenity of the sky, the sparkle and foam of the mingling

rivers, the leafy masses of the La Bâtie woods,--all and everything

delighted me. It seemed to me as though the years of strength had come

back to me. I was overwhelmed with sensations. I was surprised and

grateful. The universal life carried me on its breast; the summer's

caress went to my heart. Once more my eyes beheld the vast horizons, the

soaring peaks, the blue lakes, the winding valleys, and all the free

outlets of old days. And yet there was no painful sense of longing. The

scene left upon me an indefinable impression, which was neither hope,

nor desire, nor regret, but rather a sense of emotion, of passionate

impulse, mingled with admiration and anxiety. I am conscious at once of

joy and of want; beyond what I possess I see the impossible and the

unattainable; I gauge my own wealth and poverty: in a word, I am and I

am not--my inner state is one of contradiction, because it is one of

transition.

* * * * *

APRIL 1OTH, 1881 [he died May 11th].--What dupes we are of our own

desires!... Destiny has two ways of crushing us--by refusing our wishes

and by fulfilling them. But he who only wills what God wills escapes

both catastrophes. "All things work together for his good."

ANACREON

(B.C. 562?-477)

[Illustration: ANACREON]

Of the life of this lyric poet we have little exact knowledge. We know

that he was an Ionian Greek, and therefore by racial type a

luxury-loving, music-loving Greek, born in the city of Teos on the coast

of Asia Minor. The year was probably B.C. 562. With a few

fellow-citizens, it is supposed that he fled to Thrace and founded

Abdera when Cyrus the Great, or his general Harpagus, was conquering the

Greek cities of the coast. Abdera, however, was too new to afford

luxurious living, and the singing Ionian soon found his way to more

genial Samos, whither the fortunes of the world then seemed converging.

Polycrates was "tyrant," in the old Greek sense of irresponsible ruler;

but withal so large-minded and far-sighted a man that we may use a trite

comparison and say that under him his island was, to the rest of Greece,

as Florence in the time of Lorenzo the Magnificent was to the rest of

Italy, or Athens in the time of Pericles to the other Hellenic States.

Anacreon became his tutor, and may have been of his council; for

Herodotus says that when Oroetes went to see Polycrates he found him in

the men's apartment with Anacreon the Teian. Another historian says that

he tempered the stern will of the ruler. Still another relates that

Polycrates once presented him with five talents, but that the poet

returned the sum after two nights made sleepless from thinking what he

would do with his riches, saying "it was not worth the care it cost."

After the murder of Polycrates, Hipparchus, who ruled at Athens, sent a

trireme to fetch the poet. Like his father Pisistratus, Hipparchus

endeavored to further the cause of letters by calling poets to his

court. Simonides of Ceos was there; and Lasus of Hermione, the teacher

of Pindar; with many rhapsodists or minstrels, who edited the poems of

Homer and chanted his lays at the Panathenæa, or high festival of

Athena, which the people celebrated every year with devout and

magnificent show. Amid this brilliant company Anacreon lived and sang

until Hipparchus fell (514) by the famous conspiracy of Harmodius and

Aristogeiton. He then returned to his native Teos, and according to a

legend, died there at the age of eighty-five, choked by a grape-seed.

Anacreon was a lyrist of the first order. Plato's poet says of him in

the 'Symposium,' "When I hear the verses of Sappho or Anacreon, I set

down my cup for very shame of my own performance." He composed in Greek

somewhat, to use a very free comparison, as Herrick did in English,

expressing the unrefined passion and excesses which he saw, just as the

Devonshire parson preserved the spirit of the country festivals of Old

England in his vivid verse.

To Anacreon music and poetry were inseparable. The poet of his time

recited his lines with lyre in hand, striking upon it in the measure he

thought best suited to his song. Doubtless the poems of Anacreon were

delivered in this way. His themes were simple,--wine, love, and the

glorification of youth and poetry; but his imagination and poetic

invention so animated every theme that it is the perfect rendering which

we see, not the simplicity of the commonplace idea. His delicacy

preserves him from grossness, and his grace from wantonness. In this

respect his poems are a fair illustration of the Greek sense of

self-limitation, which guided the art instincts of that people and made

them the creators of permanent canons of taste.

Anacreon had no politics, no earnest interest in the affairs of life, no

morals in the large meaning of that word, no aims reaching further than

the merriment and grace of the moment. Loving luxury and leisure, he was

the follower of a pleasure-loving court. His cares are that the bowl is

empty, that age is joyless, that women tell him he is growing gray. He

is closely paralleled in this by one side of Béranger; but the

Frenchman's soul had a passionately earnest half which the Greek

entirely lacked. Nor is there ever any outbreak of the deep yearning,

the underlying melancholy, which pervades and now and then interrupts,

like a skeleton at the feast, the gayest verses of Omar Khayyam.

His metres, like his matter, are simple and easy. So imitators, perhaps

as brilliant as the master, have sprung up and produced a mass of songs;

and at this time it remains in doubt whether any complete poem of

Anacreon remains untouched. For this reason the collection is commonly

termed 'Anacreontics'. Some of the poems are referred to the school of

Gaza and the fourth century after Christ, and some to the secular

teachings and refinement of the monks of the Middle Ages. Since the

discovery and publication of the text by Henry Stephens, in 1554, poets

have indulged their lighter fancies in such songs, and a small

literature of delicate trifles now exists under the name of

'Anacreontics' in Italian, German, and English. Bergk's recension of the

poems appeared in 1878. The standard translations, or rather imitations

in English, are those of Cowley and Moore. The Irish poet was not unlike

in nature to the ancient Ionian. Moore's fine voice in the London

drawing-rooms echoes at times the note of Anacreon in the men's quarters

of Polycrates or the symposia of Hipparchus. The joy of feasting and

music, the color of wine, and the scent of roses, alike inspire the

songs of each.

DRINKING

The thirsty earth soaks up the rain,

And drinks, and gapes for drink again,

The plants suck in the earth, and are

With constant drinking fresh and fair;

The sea itself (which one would think

Should have but little need of drink)

Drinks twice ten thousand rivers up,

So filled that they o'erflow the cup.

The busy Sun (and one would guess

By 's drunken fiery face no less)

Drinks up the sea, and, when he's done,

The Moon and Stars drink up the Sun:

They drink and dance by their own light;

They drink and revel all the night.

Nothing in nature's sober found,

But an eternal health goes round.

Fill up the bowl then, fill it high,

Fill all the glasses there; for why

Should every creature drink but I?

Why, man of morals, tell me why?

--Cowley's Translation.

AGE

Oft am I by the women told,

Poor Anacreon, thou grow'st old!

Look how thy hairs are falling all;

Poor Anacreon, how they fall!

Whether I grow old or no,

By th' effects I do not know;

This I know, without being told,

'Tis time to live, if I grow old;

'Tis time short pleasures now to take,

Of little life the best to make,

And manage wisely the last stake.

Cowley's Translation.

THE EPICURE

I

Fill the bowl with rosy wine!

Around our temples roses twine!

And let us cheerfully awhile,

Like the wine and roses, smile.

Crowned with roses, we contemn

Gyges' wealthy diadem.

To-day is ours, what do we fear?

To-day is ours; we have it here:

Let's treat it kindly, that it may

Wish, at least, with us to stay.

Let's banish business, banish sorrow;

To the gods belongs to-morrow.

II

Underneath this myrtle shade,

On flowery beds supinely laid,

With odorous oils my head o'erflowing,

And around it roses growing,

What should I do but drink away

The heat and troubles of the day?

In this more than kingly state

Love himself shall on me wait.

Fill to me, Love, nay fill it up;

And, mingled, cast into the cup

Wit, and mirth, and noble fires,

Vigorous health, and gay desires.

The wheel of life no less will stay

In a smooth than rugged way:

Since it equally doth flee,

Let the motion pleasant be.

Why do we precious ointments show'r?

Noble wines why do we pour?

Beauteous flowers why do we spread,

Upon the monuments of the dead?

Nothing they but dust can show,

Or bones that hasten to be so.

Crown me with roses while I live,

Now your wines and ointments give

After death I nothing crave;

Let me alive my pleasures have,

All are Stoics in the grave.

Cowley's Translation.

GOLD

A mighty pain to love it is,

And 'tis a pain that pain to miss;

But, of all pains, the greatest pain

It is to love, but love in vain.

Virtue now, nor noble blood,

Nor wit by love is understood;

Gold alone does passion move,

Gold monopolizes love;

A curse on her, and on the man

Who this traffic first began!

A curse on him who found the ore!

A curse on him who digged the store!

A curse on him who did refine it!

A curse on him who first did coin it!

A curse, all curses else above,

On him who used it first in love!

Gold begets in brethren hate;

Gold in families debate;

Gold does friendship separate;

Gold does civil wars create.

These the smallest harms of it!

Gold, alas! does love beget.

Cowley's Translation.

THE GRASSHOPPER

Happy Insect! what can be

In happiness compared to thee?

Fed with nourishment divine,

The dewy Morning's gentle wine!

Nature waits upon thee still,

And thy verdant cup does fill;

'Tis filled wherever thou dost tread,

Nature's self's thy Ganymede.

Thou dost drink, and dance, and sing;

Happier than the happiest king!

All the fields which thou dost see,

All the plants, belong to thee;

All that summer hours produce,

Fertile made with early juice.

Man for thee does sow and plow;

Farmer he, and landlord thou!

Thou dost innocently joy;

Nor does thy luxury destroy;

The shepherd gladly heareth thee,

More harmonious than he.

Thee country hinds with gladness hear,

Prophet of the ripened year!

Thee Phoebus loves, and does inspire;

Phoebus is himself thy sire.

To thee, of all things upon Earth,

Life's no longer than thy mirth.

Happy insect, happy thou!

Dost neither age nor winter know;

But, when thou'st drunk, and danced, and sung

Thy fill, the flowery leaves among,

(Voluptuous, and wise withal,

Epicurean animal!)

Sated with thy summer feast,

Thou retir'st to endless rest.

Cowley's Translation,

THE SWALLOW

Foolish prater, what dost thou

So early at my window do,

With thy tuneless serenade?

Well 't had been had Tereus made

Thee as dumb as Philomel;

There his knife had done but well.

In thy undiscovered nest

Thou dost all the winter rest,

And dreamest o'er thy summer joys,

Free from the stormy season's noise:

Free from th' ill thou'st done to me;

Who disturbs or seeks out thee?

Hadst thou all the charming notes

Of the wood's poetic throats,

All thou art could never pay

What thou hast ta'en from me away.

Cruel bird! thou'st ta'en away

A dream out of my arms to-day;

A dream that ne'er must equaled be

By all that waking eyes may see.

Thou, this damage to repair,

Nothing half so sweet or fair,

Nothing half so good, canst bring,

Though men say thou bring'st the Spring.

Cowley's Translation.

THE POET'S CHOICE

If hoarded gold possessed a power

To lengthen life's too fleeting hour,

And purchase from the hand of death

A little span, a moment's breath,

How I would love the precious ore!

And every day should swell my store;

That when the fates would send their minion,

To waft me off on shadowy pinion,

I might some hours of life obtain,

And bribe him back to hell again.

But since we ne'er can charm away

The mandate of that awful day,

Why do we vainly weep at fate,

And sigh for life's uncertain date?

The light of gold can ne'er illume

The dreary midnight of the tomb!

And why should I then pant for treasures?

Mine be the brilliant round of pleasures;

The goblet rich, the hoard of friends,

Whose flowing souls the goblet blends!

Moore's Translation.

DRINKING

I care not for the idle state

Of Persia's king, the rich, the great!

I envy not the monarch's throne,

Nor wish the treasured gold my own.

But oh! be mine the rosy braid,

The fervor of my brows to shade;

Be mine the odors, richly sighing,

Amid my hoary tresses flying.

To-day I'll haste to quaff my wine,

As if to-morrow ne'er should shine;

But if to-morrow comes, why then--

I'll haste to quaff my wine again.

And thus while all our days are bright,

Nor time has dimmed their bloomy light,

Let us the festal hours beguile

With mantling cup and cordial smile;

And shed from every bowl of wine

The richest drop on Bacchus's shrine!

For Death may come, with brow unpleasant,

May come when least we wish him present,

And beckon to the sable shore,

And grimly bid us--drink no more!

Moore's Translation.

A LOVER'S SIGH

The Phrygian rock that braves the storm

Was once a weeping matron's form;

And Procne, hapless, frantic maid,

Is now a swallow in the shade.

Oh that a mirror's form were mine,

To sparkle with that smile divine;

And like my heart I then should be,

Reflecting thee, and only thee!

Or could I be the robe which holds

That graceful form within its folds;

Or, turned into a fountain, lave

Thy beauties in my circling wave;

Or, better still, the zone that lies

Warm to thy breast, and feels its sighs!

Or like those envious pearls that show

So faintly round that neck of snow!

Yes, I would be a happy gem,

Like them to hang, to fade like them.

What more would thy Anacreon be?

Oh, anything that touches thee,

Nay, sandals for those airy feet--

Thus to be pressed by thee were sweet!

Moore's Translation.

HANS CHRISTIAN ANDERSEN

(1805-1875)

BY BENJAMIN W. WELLS

The place of Hans Christian Andersen in literature is that of the

"Children's Poet," though his best poetry is prose. He was born in the

ancient Danish city of Odense, on April 2d, 1805, of poor and shiftless

parents. He had little regular instruction, and few childish associates.

His youthful imagination was first stimulated by La Fontaine's 'Fables'

and the 'Arabian Nights,' and he showed very early a dramatic instinct,

trying to act and even to imitate Shakespeare, though, as he says,

"hardly able to spell a single word correctly." It was therefore natural

that the visit of a dramatic company to Odense, in 1818, should fire his

fancy to seek his theatrical fortune in Copenhagen; whither he went in

September, 1819, with fifteen dollars in his pocket and a letter of

introduction to a danseuse at the Royal Theatre, who not unnaturally

took her strange visitor for a lunatic, and showed him the door. For

four years he labored diligently, suffered acutely, and produced nothing

of value; though he gained some influential friends, who persuaded the

king to grant him a scholarship for three years, that he might prepare

for the university.

Though he was neither a brilliant nor a docile pupil, he did not exhaust

the generous patience of his friends, who in 1829 enabled him to publish

by subscription his first book, 'A Journey on Foot from Holm Canal to

the East Point of Amager' a fantastic arabesque, partly plagiarized and

partly parodied from the German romanticists, but with a naïveté that

might have disarmed criticism.

In 1831 there followed a volume of poems, the sentimental and rather

mawkish 'Fantasies and Sketches,' product of a journey in Jutland and of

a silly love affair. This book was so harshly criticized that he

resolved to seek a refuge and new literary inspiration in a tour to

Germany; for all through his life, traveling was Andersen's stimulus and

distraction, so that he compares himself, later, to a pendulum "bound

to go backward and forward, tic, toc, tic, toc, till the clock stops,

and down I lie."

[Illustration: HANS CHR. ANDERSEN.]

This German tour inspired his first worthy book, 'Silhouettes,' with

some really admirable pages of description. His success encouraged him

to attempt the drama again, where he failed once more, and betook

himself for relief to Paris and Italy, with a brief stay in the Jura

Mountains, which is delightfully described in his novel, 'O.T.'

Italy had on him much the same clarifying effect that it had on Goethe;

and his next book, the novel 'Improvisatore' (1835), achieved and

deserved a European recognition. Within ten years the book was

translated into six languages. It bears the mark of its date in its

romantic sentiments. There is indeed no firm character-drawing, here or

in any of his novels; but the book still claims attention for its

exquisite descriptions of Italian life and scenery.

The year 1835 saw also Andersen's first essay in the 'Wonder Stories'

which were to give him his lasting title to grateful remembrance. He did

not think highly of this work at the time, though his little volume

contained the now-classic 'Tinderbox,' and 'Big Claus and Little Claus.'

Indeed, he always chafed a little at the modest fame of a writer for

children; but he continued for thirty-seven years to publish those

graceful fancies, which in their little domain still hold the first

rank, and certainly gave the freest scope to Andersen's qualities, while

they masked his faults and limitations.

He turned again from this "sleight of hand with Fancy's golden apples,"

to the novel, in the 'O.T.' (1836), which marks no advance on the

'Improvisatore'; and in the next year he published his best romance,

'Only a Fiddler,' which is still charming for its autobiographical

touches, its genuine humor, and its deep pathos. At the time, this book

assured his European reputation; though it has less interest for us

to-day than the 'Tales,' or the 'Picture Book without Pictures' (1840),

where, perhaps more than anywhere else in his work, the child speaks

with all the naïveté of his nature.

A journey to the East was reflected in 'A Poet's Bazaar' (1842); and

these years contain also his last unsuccessful dramatic efforts, 'The

King Dreams' and 'The New Lying-in Room.' In 1843 he was in Paris, in

1844 in Germany, and in the next year he extended his wanderings to

Italy and England, where Mary Howitt's translations had assured him a

welcome. Ten years later he revisited England as the guest of Dickens

at Gadshill.

The failure of an epic, 'Ahasuerus' (1847), and of a novel, 'The Two

Baronesses' (1849), made him turn with more interest to wonder tales and

fairy dramas, which won a considerable success; and when the political

troubles of 1848 directed his wanderings toward Sweden, he made from

them 'I Sverrig' (In Sweden: 1849), his most exquisite book of travels.

As Europe grew peaceful again he resumed his indefatigable wanderings,

visiting Germany, France, Italy, Switzerland, Spain, Bohemia, and

England; printing between 1852 and 1862 nine little volumes of stories,

the mediocre but successful 'In Spain' (1860), and his last novel, 'To

Be or Not To Be' (1857), which reflects the religious speculations of

his later years.

He was now in comparatively easy circumstances, and passed the last

fifteen years of his life unharassed by criticism, and surrounded with

the 'honor, love, obedience, troops of friends,' that should accompany

old age. It was not until 1866 that he made himself a home; and even at

sixty-one he said the idea 'positively frightened him--he knew he should

run away from it as soon as ever the first warm sunbeam struck him, like

any other bird of passage.'

In 1869 he celebrated his literary jubilee. In 1872 he finished his last

'Stories.' That year he met with an accident in Innsbruck from which he

never recovered. Kind friends eased his invalid years; and so general

was the grief at his illness that the children of the United States

collected a sum of money for his supposed necessities, which at his

request took the form of books for his library. A few months later,

after a brief and painless illness, he died, August 1st, 1875. His

admirers had already erected a statue in his honor, and the State gave

him a magnificent funeral; but his most enduring monument is that which

his 'Wonder Tales' are still building all around the world.

The character of Andersen is full of curious contrasts. Like the French

fabulist, La Fontaine, he was a child all his life, and often a spoiled

child; yet he joined to childlike simplicity no small share of worldly

wisdom. Constant travel made him a shrewd observer of detail, but his

self-absorption kept him from sympathy with the broad political

aspirations of his generation.

In the judgment of his friends and critics, his autobiographical 'Story

of My Life' is strangely unjust, and he never understood the limitations

of his genius. He was not fond of children, nor personally attractive to

them, though his letters to them are charming.

In personal appearance he was limp, ungainly, awkward, and odd, with

long lean limbs, broad flat hands, and feet of striking size. His eyes

were small and deep-set, his nose very large, his neck very long; but he

masked his defects by studied care in dress, and always fancied he

looked distinguished, delighting to display his numerous decorations on

his evening dress in complacent profusion.

On Andersen's style there is a remarkably acute study by his

fellow-countryman Brandes, in 'Kritiker og Portraite' (Critiques and

Portraits), and a useful comment in Boyesen's 'Scandinavian Literature.'

When not perverted by his translators, it is perhaps better suited than

any other to the comprehension of children. His syntax and rhetoric are

often faulty; and in the 'Tales' he does not hesitate to take liberties

even with German, if he can but catch the vivid, darting imagery of

juvenile fancy, the "ohs" and "ahs" of the nursery, its changing

intonations, its fears, its smiles, its personal appeals, and its

venerable devices to spur attention and kindle sympathy. Action, or

imitation, takes the place of description. We hear the trumpeter's

_taratantara_ and "the pattering rain on the leaves, _rum dum dum, rum

dum dum_," The soldier "comes marching along, _left, right, left,

right_." No one puts himself so wholly in the child's place and looks at

nature so wholly with his eyes as Andersen. "If you hold one of those

burdock leaves before your little body it's just like an apron, and if

you put it on your head it's almost as good as an umbrella, it's so

big." Or he tells you that when the sun shone on the flax, and the

clouds watered it, "it was just as nice for it as it is for the little

children to be washed and then get a kiss from mother: that makes them

prettier; of course it does." And here, as Brandes remarks, every

right-minded mamma stops and kisses the child, and their hearts are

warmer for that day's tale.

The starting-point of this art is personification. To the child's fancy

the doll is as much alive as the cat, the broom as the bird, and even

the letters in the copy-book can stretch themselves. On this

foundation he builds myths that tease by a certain semblance of

rationality,--elegiac, more often sentimental, but at their best, like

normal children, without strained pathos or forced sympathy.

Such personification has obvious dramatic and lyric elements; but

Andersen lacked the technique of poetic and dramatic art, and marred his

prose descriptions, both in novels and books of travel, by an intrusive

egotism and lyric exaggeration. No doubt, therefore, the most permanent

part of his work is that which popular instinct has selected, the

'Picture Book without Pictures,' the 'Tales and Stories'; and among

these, those will last longest that have least of the lyric and most of

the dramatic element.

Nearly all of Andersen's books are translated in ten uniform but

unnumbered volumes, published by Houghton, Mifflin and Company. Of the

numerous translations of the 'Tales,' Mary Howitt's (1846) and Sommer's

(1893) are the best, though far from faultless.

The 'Life of Hans Christian Andersen' by R. Nisbet Bain (New York, 1895)

is esteemed the best.

[Illustration: signature]

THE STEADFAST TIN SOLDIER

From 'Collected Fairy Tales,' newly translated

There were once twenty-five tin soldiers, who were all brothers, for

they were cast out of one old tin spoon. They held their muskets, and

their faces were turned to the enemy; red and blue, ever so fine, were

the uniforms. The first thing they heard in this world, when the cover

was taken from the box where they lay, were the words, "Tin soldiers!" A

little boy shouted it, and clapped his hands. He had got them because it

was his birthday, and now he set them up on the table. Each soldier was

just like the other, only one was a little different. He had but one

leg, for he had been cast last, and there was not enough tin. But he

stood on his one leg just as firm as the others on two, so he was just

the one to be famous.

On the table where they were set up stood a lot of other playthings; but

what caught your eye was a pretty castle of paper. Through the little

windows you could see right into the halls. Little trees stood in front,

around a bit of looking-glass which was meant for a lake. Wax swans swam

on it and were reflected in it. That was all very pretty, but still the

prettiest thing was a little girl who stood right in the castle gate.

She was cut out of paper too, but she had a silk dress, and a little

narrow blue ribbon across her shoulders, on which was a sparkling star

as big as her whole face. The little girl lifted her arms gracefully in

the air, for she was a dancer; and then she lifted one leg so high that

the tin soldier could not find it at all, and thought that she had only

one leg, just like himself.

"That would be the wife for me," thought he, "but she is too fine for

me. She lives in a castle, and I have only a box, which I have to share

with twenty-four. That is no house for her. But I will see whether I can

make her acquaintance." Then he lay down at full length behind a

snuff-box which was on the table. From there he could watch the trig

little lady who kept standing on one leg without losing her balance.

When evening came, the other tin soldiers were all put in their box, and

the people in the house went to bed. Then the playthings began to play,

first at "visiting," then at "war" and at "dancing." The tin soldiers

rattled in their box, for they would have liked to join in it, but they

could not get the cover off. The nutcracker turned somersaults, and the

pencil scrawled over the slate. There was such a racket that the

canary-bird woke up and began to sing, and that in verses. The only ones

that did not stir were the tin soldier and the little dancer. She stood

straight on tiptoe and stretched up both arms; he was just as steadfast

on his one leg. He did not take his eyes from her a moment.

Now it struck twelve, and bang! up went the cover of the snuff-box, but

it wasn't tobacco in it: no, but a little black Troll. It was a

trick box.

"Tin soldier!" said the Troll, "will you stare your eyes out?" But the

tin soldier made believe he did not hear. "You wait till morning!" said

the Troll.

When morning came, and the children got up, the tin soldier was put on

the window ledge; and whether it was the Troll, or a gust of wind, all

at once the window flew open and the tin soldier fell head first from

the third story. That was an awful fall. He stretched his leg straight

up, and stuck with his bayonet and cap right between the paving-stones.

The maid and the little boy came right down to hunt for him, but they

couldn't see him, though they came so near that they almost trod on him.

If the tin soldier had called "Here I am," they surely would have found

him; but since he was in uniform he did not think it proper to

call aloud.

Now it began to rain. The drops chased one another. It was a regular

shower. When that was over, two street boys came along.

"Hallo!" said one, "There's a tin soldier. He must be off and sail."

Then they made a boat out of a newspaper, put the tin soldier in it, and

made him sail down the gutter. Both boys ran beside it, and clapped

their hands. Preserve us! What waves there were in the gutter, and what

a current! It must have rained torrents. The paper boat rocked up and

down, and sometimes it whirled around so that the tin soldier shivered.

But he remained steadfast, did not lose color, looked straight ahead and

held his musket firm.

All at once the boat plunged under a long gutter-bridge. It was as dark

there as it had been in his box.

"Where am I going now?" thought he. "Yes, yes, that is the Troll's

fault. Oh! if the little lady were only in the boat, I would not care if

it were twice as dark."

At that instant there came a great water-rat who lived under the

gutter-bridge.

"Have you a pass?" said the rat. "Show me your pass."

But the tin soldier kept still, and only held his musket the firmer. The

boat rushed on, and the rat behind. Oh! how he gnashed his teeth, and

called to the sticks and straws:--

"Stop him! Stop him! He has not paid toll. He has showed no pass."

But the current got stronger and stronger. Before he got to the end of

the bridge the tin soldier could see daylight, but he heard also a

rushing noise that might frighten a brave man's heart. Just think! at

the end of the bridge the gutter emptied into a great canal, which for

him was as dangerous as for us to sail down a great waterfall.

He was so near it already that he could not stop. The boat went down.

The poor tin soldier held himself as straight as he could. No one should

say of him that he had ever blinked his eyes. The boat whirled three or

four times and filled with water. It had to sink. The tin soldier stood

up to his neck in water, and deeper, deeper sank the boat. The paper

grew weaker and weaker. Now the waves went over the soldier's head. Then

he thought of the pretty little dancer whom he never was to see again,

and there rang in the tin soldier's ears:--

"Farewell, warrior! farewell!

Death shalt thou stiffer."

Now the paper burst in two, and the tin soldier fell through,--but in

that minute he was swallowed by a big fish.

Oh! wasn't it dark in there. It was worse even than under the

gutter-bridge, and besides, so cramped. But the tin soldier was

steadfast, and lay at full length, musket in hand.

The fish rushed around and made the most fearful jumps. At last he was

quite still, and something went through him like a lightning flash. Then

a bright light rushed in, and somebody called aloud, "The tin soldier!"

The fish had been caught, brought to market, sold, and been taken to the

kitchen, where the maid had slit it up with a big knife. She caught the

soldier around the body and carried him into the parlor, where everybody

wanted to see such a remarkable man who had traveled about in a fish's

belly. But the tin soldier was not a bit proud. They put him on the

table, and there--well! what strange things do happen in the world--the

tin soldier was in the very same room that he had been in before. He saw

the same children, and the same playthings were on the table, the

splendid castle with the pretty little dancer; she was still standing on

one leg, and had the other high in the air. She was steadfast, too. That

touched the tin soldier so that he could almost have wept tin tears, but

that would not have been proper. He looked at her and she looked at him,

but they said nothing at all.

Suddenly one of the little boys seized the tin soldier and threw him

right into the tile-stove, although he had no reason to. It was surely

the Troll in the box who was to blame.

The tin soldier stood in full light and felt a fearful heat; but whether

that came from the real fire, or from his glowing love, he could not

tell. All the color had faded from him; but whether this had happened on

the journey, or whether it came from care, no one could say. He looked

at the little girl and she looked at him. He felt that he was melting,

but still he stood steadfast, musket in hand. Then a door opened. A

whiff of air caught the dancer, and she flew like a sylph right into the

tile-stove to the tin soldier, blazed up in flame, and was gone. Then

the tin soldier melted to a lump, and when the maid next day took out

the ashes, she found him as a little tin heart. But of the dancer only

the star was left, and that was burnt coal-black.

THE TEAPOT

From 'Riverside Literature Series': 1891, by Houghton, Mifflin & Co.

There was a proud Teapot, proud of being porcelain, proud of its long

spout, proud of its broad handle. It had something before and

behind--the spout before, the handle behind--and that was what it talked

about. But it did not talk of its lid--that was cracked, it was riveted,

it had faults; and one does not talk about one's faults--there are

plenty of others to do that. The cups, the cream-pot, the sugar-bowl,

the whole tea-service would be reminded much more of the lid's weakness,

and talk about that, than of the sound handle and the remarkable spout.

The Teapot knew it.

"I know you," it said within itself, "I know well enough, too, my fault;

and I am well aware that in that very thing is seen my humility, my

modesty. We all have faults, but then one also has a talent. The cups

get a handle, the sugar-bowl a lid; I get both, and one thing besides in

front which they never got,--I get a spout, and that makes me a queen on

the tea-table. The sugar-bowl and cream-pot are good-looking serving

maids; but I am the one who gives, yes, the one high in council. I

spread abroad a blessing among thirsty mankind. In my insides the

Chinese leaves are worked up in the boiling, tasteless water."

All this said the Teapot in its fresh young life. It stood on the table

that was spread for tea, it was lifted by a very delicate hand; but the

very delicate hand was awkward, the Teapot fell. The spout snapped off,

the handle snapped off; the lid was no worse to speak of--the worst had

been spoken of that. The Teapot lay in a swoon on the floor, while the

boiling water ran out of it. It was a horrid shame, but the worst was

that they jeered at it; they jeered at it, and not at the awkward hand.

"I never shall lose the memory of that!" said the Teapot, when it

afterward talked to itself of the course of its life. "I was called an

invalid, and placed in a corner, and the day after was given away to a

woman who begged victuals. I fell into poverty, and stood dumb both

outside and in; but there, as I stood, began my better life. One is one

thing and becomes quite another. Earth was placed in me: for a Teapot

that is the same as being buried, but in the earth was placed a flower

bulb. Who placed it there, who gave it, I know not; given it was, and it

took the place of the Chinese leaves and the boiling water, the broken

handle and spout. And the bulb lay in the earth, the bulb lay in me, it

became my heart, my living heart, such as I never before had. There was

life in me, power and might. My pulses beat, the bulb put forth sprouts,

it was the springing up of thoughts and feelings; they burst forth in

flower. I saw it, I bore it, I forgot myself in its delight. Blessed is

it to forget one's self in another. The bulb gave me no thanks, it did

not think of me--it was admired and praised. I was so glad at that: how

happy must it have been! One day I heard it said that it ought to have a

better pot. I was thumped on my back--that was rather hard to bear; but

the flower was put in a better pot--and I was thrown away in the yard,

where I lie as an old crock. But I have the memory: _that_ I can

never lose."

THE UGLY DUCKLING

From 'Riverside Literature Series': 1891, by Houghton, Mifflin & Co.

I--THE DUCKLING IS BORN

It was glorious in the country. It was summer; the cornfields were

yellow, the oats were green, the hay had been put up in stacks in the

green meadows; and the stork went about on his long red legs, and

chattered Egyptian, for this was the language he had learned from his

mother. All around the fields and meadows were great woods, and in the

midst of these woods deep lakes. Yes, it was right glorious in

the country.

In the midst of the sunshine there lay an old farm, with deep canals

about it; and from the wall down to the water grew great burdocks, so

high that little children could stand upright under the tallest of them.

It was just as wild there as in the deepest wood, and here sat a Duck

upon her nest. She had to hatch her ducklings, but she was almost tired

out before the little ones came; and she seldom had visitors. The other

ducks liked better to swim about in the canals than to run up to sit

under a burdock and gabble with her.

At last one egg-shell after another burst open. "Pip! pip!" each cried,

and in all the eggs there were little things that stuck out their heads.

"Quack! quack!" said the Duck, and they all came quacking out as fast as

they could, looking all around them under the green leaves; and the

mother let them look as much as they liked, for green is good for

the eye.

"How wide the world is!" said all the young ones; for they certainly had

much more room now than when they were inside the eggs.

"D'ye think this is all the world?" said the mother. "That stretches far

across the other side of the garden, quite into the parson's field; but

I have never been there yet. I hope you are all together," and she stood

up. "No, I have not all. The largest egg still lies there. How long is

that to last? I am really tired of it." And so she sat down again.

"Well, how goes it?" asked an old Duck who had come to pay her a visit.

"It lasts a long time with this one egg," said the Duck who sat there.

"It will not open. Now, only look at the others! They are the prettiest

little ducks I ever saw. They are all like their father: the rogue, he

never comes to see me."

"Let me see the egg which will not burst," said the old Duck. "You may

be sure it is a turkey's egg. I was once cheated in that way, and had

much care and trouble with the young ones, for they are afraid of the

water. Must I say it to you? I could not make them go in. I quacked, and

I clacked, but it was no use. Let me see the egg. Yes, that's a turkey's

egg. Let it lie there, and do you teach the other children to swim."

"I think I will sit on it a little longer," said the Duck. "I've sat so

long now that I can sit a few days more."

"Just as you please," said the old Duck; and she went away.

At last the great egg burst. "Pip! pip!" said the little one, and crept

forth. He was so big and ugly. The Duck looked at him.

"It's a very large Duckling," said she. "None of the others looks like

that: it really must be a turkey chick! Well, we shall soon find out.

Into the water shall he go, even if I have to push him in."

II--HOW THE DUCKLING WAS TREATED AT HOME

The next day it was bright, beautiful weather; the sun shone on all the

green burdocks. The Mother-Duck, with all her family, went down to the

canal. Splash! she jumped into the water. "Quack! quack!" she said, and

one duckling after another plumped in. The water closed over their

heads, but they came up in an instant, and swam off finely; their legs

went of themselves, and they were all in the water; even the ugly gray

Duckling swam with them.

"No, it's not a turkey," said she: "look how well he uses his legs, how

straight he holds himself. It is my own child! On the whole he's quite

pretty, when one looks at him rightly. Quack! quack! come now with me,

and I'll lead you out into the world, and present you in the duck-yard;

but keep close to me all the time, so that no one may tread on you, and

look out for the cats."

And so they came into the duck-yard. There was a terrible row going on

in there, for two families were fighting about an eel's head, and so the

cat got it.

"See, that's the way it goes in the world!" said the Mother-Duck; and

she whetted her beak, for she too wanted the eel's head. "Only use your

legs," she said. "See that you can bustle about, and bend your necks

before the old Duck yonder. She's the grandest of all here; she's of

Spanish blood--that's why she's so fat; and do you see? she has a red

rag around her leg; that's something very, very fine, and the greatest

mark of honor a duck can have: it means that one does not want to lose

her, and that she's known by the animals and by men too. Hurry!

hurry!--don't turn in your toes, a well brought-up duck turns it's toes

quite out, just like father and mother,--so! Now bend your necks and

say 'Quack!'"

And they did so; but the other ducks round about looked at them, and

said quite boldly,--"Look there! now we're to have this crowd too! as if

there were not enough of us already! And--fie!--how that Duckling yonder

looks: we won't stand that!" And at once one Duck flew at him, and bit

him in the neck.

"Let him alone," said the mother: "he is not doing anything to any one."

"Yes, but he's too large and odd," said the Duck who had bitten him,

"and so he must be put down."

"Those are pretty children the mother has," said the old Duck with the

rag round her leg. "They're all pretty but that one; that is rather

unlucky. I wish she could have that one over again."

"That cannot be done, my lady," said the Mother-Duck. "He is not pretty,

but he has a really good temper, and swims as well as any of the others;

yes, I may even say it, a little better. I think he will grow up pretty,

perhaps in time he will grow a little smaller; he lay too long in the

egg, and therefore he has not quite the right shape." And she pinched

him in the neck, and smoothed his feathers. "Besides, he is a drake,"

she said, "and so it does not matter much. I think he will be very

strong: he makes his way already."

"The other ducklings are graceful enough," said the old Duck. "Make

yourself at home; and if you find an eel's head, you may bring it

to me."

And now they were at home. But the poor Duckling who had crept last out

of the egg, and looked so ugly, was bitten and pushed and made fun of,

as much by the ducks as by the chickens.

"He is too big!" they all said. And the turkey-cock, who had been born

with spurs, and so thought he was an emperor, blew himself up, like a

ship in full sail, and bore straight down upon him; then he gobbled and

grew quite red in the face. The poor Duckling did not know where he

dared stand or walk; he was quite unhappy because he looked ugly, and

was the sport of the whole duck-yard.

So it went on the first day; and then it grew worse and worse. The poor

Duckling was hunted about by every one; even his brothers and sisters

were quite angry with him, and said, "If the cat would only catch you,

you ugly creature!" And the ducks bit him, and the chickens beat him,

and the girl who had to feed the poultry kicked at him with her foot.

III--OUT ON THE MOOR

Then he ran and flew over the fence, and the little birds in the bushes

flew up in fear.

"That is because I am so ugly!" thought the Duckling; and he shut his

eyes, but flew on further; and so he came out into the great moor, where

the wild ducks lived. Here he lay the whole night long, he was so

tired and sad.

Toward morning the wild ducks flew up, and looked at their new mate.

"What sort of a one are you?" they asked; and the Duckling turned about

to each, and bowed as well as he could. "You are really very ugly!" said

the Wild Ducks. "But that is all the same to us, so long as you do not

marry into our family."

Poor thing! he certainly did not think of marrying, and only dared ask

leave to lie among the reeds and drink some of the swamp water.

There he lay two whole days; then came thither two wild geese, or, more

truly, two wild ganders. It was not long since each had crept out of an

egg, and that's why they were so saucy.

"Listen, comrade," said one of them. "You're so ugly that I like you.

Will you go with us, and become a bird of passage? Near here is another

moor, where are a few sweet lovely wild geese, all unmarried, and all

able to say 'Quack!' You've a chance of making your fortune, ugly as

you are."

"Piff! paff!" sounded through the air; and both the ganders fell down

dead in the reeds, and the water became blood-red. "Piff! paff!" it

sounded again, and the whole flock of wild geese flew up from the reeds.

And then there was another report. A great hunt was going on. The

gunners lay around in the moor, and some were even sitting up in the

branches of the trees, which spread far over the reeds. The blue smoke

rose like clouds in among the dark trees, and hung over the water; and

the hunting dogs came--splash, splash!--into the mud, and the rushes and

reeds bent down on every side. That was a fright for the poor Duckling!

He turned his head to put it under his wing; and at that very moment a

frightful great dog stood close by the Duckling. His tongue hung far out

of his mouth, and his eyes glared horribly. He put his nose close to the

Duckling, showed his sharp teeth, and--splash, splash!--on he went

without seizing it.

"Oh, Heaven be thanked!" sighed the Duckling. "I am so ugly that even

the dog does not like to bite me!"

And so he lay quite quiet, while the shots rattled through the reeds and

gun after gun was fired. At last, late in the day, all was still: but

the poor little thing did not dare to rise up; he waited several hours

still before he looked around, and then hurried away out of the moor as

fast as he could. He ran on over field and meadow; there was a storm, so

that he had hard work to get away.

IV--IN THE PEASANT'S HUT

Towards evening the Duckling came to a peasant's poor little hut: it was

so tumbled down that it did not itself know on which side it should

fall; and that's why it stood up. The storm whistled around the Duckling

in such a way that he had to sit down to keep from blowing away; and the

wind blew worse and worse. Then he noticed that one of the hinges of the

door had given way, and the door hung so slanting that he could slip

through the crack into the room; and that is what he did.

Here lived an old woman, with her Cat and her Hen. And the Cat, whom she

called Sonnie, could arch his back and purr; he could even give out

sparks--but for that, one had to stroke his fur the wrong way. The Hen

had quite small, short legs, and therefore she was called Chickabiddy

Shortshanks; she laid good eggs, and the woman loved her as her

own child.

In the morning they noticed at once the strange Duckling, and the Cat

began to purr and the Hen to cluck.

"What's this?" said the woman, and looked all around; but she could not

see well, and therefore she thought the Duckling was a fat duck that had

strayed. "This is a rare prize!" she said. "Now I shall have duck's

eggs. I hope it is not a drake. We must try that."

And so the Duckling was taken on trial for three weeks, but no eggs

came. And the Cat was master of the house, and the Hen was the lady, and

always said "We and the world!" for they thought they were half the

world, and by far the better half. It seemed to the Duckling that one

might have another mind, but the Hen would not allow it.

"Can you lay eggs?"

"No."

"Then will you hold your tongue!"

And the Cat said, "Can you curve your back, and purr, and give out

sparks?"

"No."

"Then you will please have no opinion of your own when sensible folks

are speaking!"

And the Duckling sat in a corner and was in low spirits; then he began

to think of the fresh air and the sunshine; and he was seized with such

a strange longing to swim on the water, that he could not help telling

the Hen of it.

"What are you thinking of?" cried the Hen. "You have nothing to do,

that's why you have these fancies. Lay eggs, or purr, and they will

pass over."

"But it is so charming to swim in the water," said the Duckling, "so

nice to feel it go over one's head, and to dive down to the bottom!"

"Yes, that's a fine thing, truly," said the Hen. "You are clean gone

crazy. Ask the Cat about it,--he's the cleverest thing I know,--ask him

if he likes to swim in the water, or to dive down: I won't speak about

myself. Ask our mistress herself, the old woman; no one in the world

knows more than she. Do you think she wants to swim, and let the water

close above her head?"

"You don't understand me," said the Duckling.

"We don't understand you! Then pray who is to understand you? You surely

don't pretend to be cleverer than the Cat and the woman--I won't say

anything of myself. Don't make a fool of yourself, child, and thank your

Maker for all the good you have. Are you not come into a warm room, and

have you not folks about you from whom you can learn something? But you

are a goose, and it is not pleasant to have you about. You may believe

me, I speak for your good. I tell you things you won't like, and by that

one may always know one's true friends! Only take care that you learn to

lay eggs, or to purr, and to give out sparks!"

"I think I will go out into the wide world," said the Duckling.

"Yes, do go," replied the Hen.

And so the Duckling went away. He swam on the water, and dived, but he

was shunned by every creature because he was so ugly.

V--WHAT BECAME OF THE DUCKLING

Now came the fall of the year. The leaves in the wood turned yellow and

brown; the wind caught them so that they danced about, and up in the air

it was very cold. The clouds hung low, heavy with hail and snow-flakes,

and on the fence stood the raven, crying "Croak! croak!" for mere cold;

yes, one could freeze fast if one thought about it. The poor little

Duckling certainly had not a good time. One evening--the sun was just

going down in fine style--there came a whole flock of great handsome

birds out of the bushes; they were shining white, with long, supple

necks; they were swans. They uttered a very strange cry, spread forth

their glorious great wings, and flew away from that cold region to

warmer lands, to fair open lakes. They mounted so high, so high! and the

ugly Duckling had such a strange feeling as he saw them! He turned round

and round in the water like a wheel, stretched out his neck towards

them, and uttered a cry, so high, so strange, that he was frightened as

he heard it.

Oh! he could not forget those beautiful, happy birds; and as soon as he

could see them no longer, he dived down to the very bottom, and when he

came up again, he was quite beside himself. He did not know what the

birds were, nor where they were flying to; but he loved them more than

he had ever loved any one. He did not envy them at all. How could he

think of wishing to have such loveliness as they had? He would have been

glad if only the ducks would have let him be among them--the poor,

ugly creature!

And the winter grew so cold, so cold! The Duckling had to swim about in

the water, to keep it from freezing over; but every night the hole in

which he swam about became smaller and smaller. It froze so hard that

the icy cover sounded; and the Duckling had to use his legs all the time

to keep the hole from freezing tight. At last he became worn out, and

lay quite still, and thus froze fast in the ice.

Early in the morning a peasant came by, and found him there; he took his

wooden shoe, broke the ice to pieces, and carried the Duckling home to

his wife. Then the Duckling came to himself again. The children wanted

to play with him; but he thought they wanted to hurt him, and in his

terror he flew up into the milk-pan, so that the milk spilled over into

the room. The woman screamed and shook her hand in the air, at which the

Duckling flew down into the tub where they kept the butter, and then

into the meal-barrel and out again. How he looked then! The woman

screamed, and struck at him with the fire tongs; the children tumbled

over one another as they tried to catch the Duckling; and they laughed

and they screamed!--well was it that the door stood open, and the poor

creature was able to slip out between the bushes into the newly-fallen

snow--there he lay quite worn out.

But it would be too sad if I were to tell all the misery and care which

the Duckling had to bear in the hard winter. He lay out on the moor

among the reeds, when the sun began to shine again and the larks to

sing; it was a beautiful spring.

Then all at once the Duckling could flap his wings: they beat the air

more strongly than before, and bore him stoutly away; and before he well

knew it, he found himself in a great garden, where the elder-trees stood

in flower, and bent their long green branches down to the winding canal,

and the lilacs smelt sweet. Oh, here it was beautiful, fresh, and

springlike! and from the thicket came three glorious white swans; they

rustled their wings, and sat lightly on the water. The Duckling knew the

splendid creatures, and felt a strange sadness.

"I will fly away to them, to the royal birds! and they will beat me,

because I, that am so ugly, dare to come near them. But it is all the

same. Better to be killed by them than to be chased by ducks, and beaten

by fowls, and pushed about by the girl who takes care of the poultry

yard, and to suffer hunger in winter!" And he flew out into the water,

and swam toward the beautiful swans: these looked at him, and came

sailing down upon him with outspread wings. "Kill me!" said the poor

creature, and bent his head down upon the water, and waited for death.

But what saw he in the clear water? He saw below him his own image; and

lo! it was no longer a clumsy dark-gray bird, ugly and hateful to look

at, but--a swan!

It matters nothing if one is born in a duck-yard, if one has only lain

in a swan's egg.

He felt quite glad at all the need and hard times he had borne; now he

could joy in his good luck in all the brightness that was round him.

And the great swans swam round him and stroked him with their beaks.

Into the garden came little children, who threw bread and corn into the

water; and the youngest cried, "There is a new one!" and the other

children shouted, "Yes, a new one has come!" And they clapped their

hands and danced about, and ran to their father and mother; and bread

and cake were thrown into the water; and they all said, "The new one is

the most beautiful of all! so young and so handsome!" and the old swans

bowed their heads before him.

Then he felt quite ashamed, and hid his head under his wings, for he did

not know what to do; he was so happy, and yet not at all proud, for a

good heart is never proud. He thought how he had been driven about and

mocked and despised; and now he heard them all saying that he was the

most beautiful of all beautiful birds. And the lilacs bent their

branches straight down into the water before him, and the sun shone warm

and mild. Then his wings rustled, he lifted his slender neck, and cried

from the depths of his heart:--

"I never dreamed of so much happiness when I was the Ugly Duckling."

WHAT THE MOON SAW

Hear what the Moon told me:--

"I have seen a cadet promoted to be an officer, and dressing himself for

the first time in his gorgeous uniform; I have seen young girls in

bridal attire, and the prince's young bride in her wedding dress: but I

never saw such bliss as that of a little four-year-old girl whom I

watched this evening. She had got a new blue dress, and a new pink hat.

The finery was just put on, and all were calling for light, for the

moonbeams that came through the window were not bright enough. They

wanted very different lights from that. There stood the little girl,

stiff as a doll, keeping her arms anxiously off her dress, and her

fingers stretched wide apart. Oh! what happiness beamed from her eyes,

from her whole face. 'To-morrow you may go to walk in the dress,' said

the mother; and the little one looked up at her hat and down again at

her dress, and smiled blissfully. 'Mother,' she cried, 'what will the

little dogs think when they see me in all these fine clothes?'"

THE LOVERS

From 'Riverside Literature Series': 1891, by Houghton, Mifflin & Co.

The Top and the Ball lay in a drawer among some other toys; and so the

Top said to the Ball:--"Shall we not be lovers, since we live together

in the same drawer?"

But the Ball, which had a coat of morocco leather, and thought herself

as good as any fine lady, had nothing to say to such a thing. The next

day came the little boy who owned the toys: he painted the Top red and

yellow, and drove a brass nail into it; and the Top looked splendidly

when he turned round.

"Look at me!" he cried to the Ball. "What do you say now? Shall we not

be lovers? We go so nicely together? You jump and I dance! No one could

be happier than we two should be."

"Indeed! Do you think so?" said the Ball. "Perhaps you do not know that

my papa and my mamma were morocco slippers, and that I have a cork

inside me?"

"Yes, but I am made of mahogany," said the Top; "and the mayor himself

turned me. He has a turning-lathe of his own, and it amuses

him greatly."

"Can I depend on that?" asked the Ball.

"May I never be whipped again if it is not true!" replied the Top.

"You talk well for yourself," said the Ball, "but I cannot do what you

ask. I am as good as half engaged to a swallow: every time I leap up

into the air he sticks his head out of the nest and says, 'Will you?

will you?' And now I have silently said 'Yes,' and that is as good as

being half engaged; but I promise I will never forget you."

"Much good that will do!" said the Top.

And they spoke no more to each other.

Next day the Ball was taken out. The Top saw how she flew high into the

air, like a bird; at last one could no longer see her. Each time she

came back again, but always gave a high leap when she touched the earth;

and that came about either from her longing, or because she had a cork

in her body. The ninth time the Ball stayed away and did not come back

again; and the boy looked and looked, but she was gone.

"I know very well where she is!" sighed the Top. "She is in the

Swallow's nest, and has married the Swallow!"

The more the Top thought of this, the more he longed for the Ball. Just

because he could not get her, he fell more in love with her. That she

had taken some one else, that was another thing. So the Top danced

around and hummed, but always thought of the Ball, which grew more and

more lovely in his fancy. Thus many years went by,--and now it was

an old love.

And the Top was no longer young. But one day he was gilt all over; never

had he looked so handsome; he was now a golden Top, and sprang till he

hummed again. Yes, that was something! But all at once he sprang too

high, and--he was gone!

They looked and looked, even in the cellar, but he was not to be found.

Where was he?

He had jumped into the dust-box, where all kinds of things were lying:

cabbage stalks, sweepings, and gravel that had fallen down from

the roof.

"Here's a nice place to lie in! The gilding will soon leave me here. And

what a rabble I've come amongst!"

And then he looked askance at a long cabbage stalk that was much too

near him, and at a curious round thing like an old apple; but it was not

an apple--it was an old Ball, which had lain for years in the

roof-gutter and was soaked through with water.

"Thank goodness, here comes one of us, with whom one can talk!" said the

little Ball, and looked at the gilt Top. "I am really morocco, sewn by a

girl's hands, and have a cork inside me; but no one would think it to

look at me. I was very near marrying a swallow, but I fell into the

gutter on the roof, and have laid there full five years, and am quite

soaked through. That's a long time, you may believe me, for a

young girl."

But the Top said nothing. He thought of his old love; and the more he

heard, the clearer it became to him that this was she. Then came the

servant-girl, and wanted to empty the dust-box. "Aha, there's a gilt

top!" she cried. And so the Top was brought again to notice and honor,

but nothing was heard of the Ball. And the Top spoke no more of his old

love: for that dies away when the beloved has lain for five years in a

gutter and got soaked through; yes, one does not know her again when one

meets her in the dust-box.

THE SNOW QUEEN

From 'Riverside Literature Series': 1891, by Houghton, Mifflin & Co.

FOURTH STORY--THE PRINCE AND PRINCESS

Gerda was obliged to rest herself again, when just over against where

she sat, a large Crow hopped over the white snow. He had sat there a

long while, looking at her and shaking his head; and now he said, "Caw!

caw! Good day! good day!" He could not say it better; but he meant well

by the little girl, and asked her where she was going all alone out in

the wide world. The word "alone" Gerda understood quite well, and felt

how much lay in it; so she told the Crow her whole history, and asked if

he had not seen Kay.

The Crow nodded very gravely, and said, "It may be--it may be!"

"What--do you really think so?" cried the little girl; and she nearly

squeezed the Crow to death, so much did she kiss him.

"Gently, gently," said the Crow. "I think I know; I think that it may be

little Kay. But now he has quite forgotten you for the Princess."

"Does he live with a princess?" asked Gerda.

"Yes,--listen," said the Crow; "but it is hard for me to speak your

language. If you understand the Crow language, I can tell you better."

"No, I have not learnt it," said Gerda; "but my grandmother understands

it. I wish I had learnt it."

"No matter," said the Crow: "I will tell you as well as I can; but it

will be bad enough." And then he told all he knew.

"In the kingdom where we now are, there lives a princess, who is vastly

clever; for she has read all the newspapers in the whole world, and has

forgotten them again,--so clever is she. Some time ago, they say, she

was sitting on her throne,--which is no great fun, after all,--when she

began humming an old tune, and it was just 'Oh, why should I not be

married?' 'Come, now, there is something in that,' said she, and so then

she was bound to marry; but she would have a husband who knew how to

give an answer when he was spoken to,--not one who was good for nothing

but to stand and be looked at, for that is very tiresome. She then had

all the ladies of the court drummed together; and when they heard what

she meant to do, all were well pleased, and said, 'We are quite glad to

hear it: it is the very thing we were thinking of.' You may believe

every word I say," said the Crow, "for I have a tame sweetheart that

hops about in the palace quite freely, and she told me all.

"The newspapers at once came out with a border of hearts and the

initials of the Princess; and you could read in them that every

good-looking young man was free to come to the palace and speak to the

Princess; and he who spoke in such wise as showed he felt himself at

home there, and talked best, that one the Princess would choose for

her husband.

"Yes--yes," said the Crow, "you may believe it; it is as true as I am

sitting here. People came in crowds; there was a crush and a hurry, but

no one had good luck either on the first or second day. They could all

talk well enough when they were out in the street; but as soon as they

came inside the palace gates, and saw the guard richly dressed in

silver, and the lackeys in gold, on the staircase, and the large lighted

halls, then they were dumb; and when they stood before the throne on

which the Princess was sitting, all they could do was to repeat the last

word she had said, and she didn't care to hear that again. It was just

as if the people within were under a charm, and had fallen into a trance

till they came out again into the street; for then--oh, then they could

chatter enough. There was a whole row of them from the town gates to the

palace. I was there myself to look on," said the Crow. "They grew hungry

and thirsty; but from the palace they got not so much as a glass of

water. Some of the cleverest, it is true, had taken bread and butter

with them; but none shared it with his neighbor, for each thought, 'Let

him look hungry, and then the Princess won't have him.'"

"But Kay--little Kay," asked Gerda, "when did he come? Was he among the

number?"

"Give me time! give me time! we are coming to him. It was on the third

day, when a little personage, without horse or carriage, came marching

right boldly up to the palace; his eyes shone like yours, he had

beautiful long hair, but his clothes were very shabby."

"That was Kay," cried Gerda, with a voice of delight. "Oh, now I've

found him!" and she clapped her hands.

"He had a little knapsack at his back," said the Crow.

"No, that was certainly his sled," said Gerda; "for he went away with

his sled."

"That may be," said the Crow; "I did not see him close to; but I know

from my tame sweetheart that when he came into the courtyard of the

palace, and saw the body-guard in silver, and the lackeys on the

staircase in gold, he was not in the least cast down; he nodded and said

to them, 'It must be very tiresome to stand on the stairs; for my part,

I shall go in.' The halls were bright with lights. Court people and fine

folks were walking about on bare feet; it was all very solemn. His boots

creaked, too, very loudly; but still he was not at all afraid."

"That's Kay, for certain," said Gerda. "I know he had on new boots; I

have heard them creaking in grandmamma's room."

"Yes, they creaked," said the Crow. "And on he went boldly up to the

Princess, who was sitting on a pearl as large as a spinning-wheel. All

the ladies of the court stood about, with their maids and their maids'

maids, and all the gentlemen with their servants and their servants'

servants, who kept a boy; and the nearer they stood to the door, the

prouder they looked. The boy of the servants' servants, who always goes

in slippers, hardly looked at one, so very proudly did he stand in

the doorway."

"It must have been terrible," said little Gerda. "And did Kay get the

Princess?"

"Were I not a Crow, I should have taken the Princess myself, although I

am engaged. It is said he spoke as well as I speak when I talk crow

language; this I learned from my tame sweetheart. He was bold and nicely

behaved; he had not come to woo the Princess, but only to hear her

wisdom. She pleased him and he pleased her."

"Yes, yes, for certain that was Kay," said Gerda. "He was so clever; he

could do sums with fractions. Oh, won't you take me to the palace?"

"That is very easily said," answered the Crow. "But how are we to manage

it? I'll speak to my tame sweetheart about it; she can tell us what to

do; for so much I must tell you, such a little girl as you are will

never get leave to go in the common way."

"Oh, yes, I shall," said Gerda: "when Kay hears that I am here, he will

come out at once to fetch me."

"Wait for me here on these steps," said the Crow. He wagged his head and

flew away.

When it grew dark the Crow came back. "Caw! caw!" said he. "I bring you

a great many good wishes from her; and here is a bit of bread for you.

She took it out of the kitchen, where there is bread enough, and you are

hungry, no doubt. It is not possible for you to enter the palace, for

you are barefoot; the guards in silver and the lackeys in gold would not

allow it: but do not cry, you shall come in still. My sweetheart knows a

little back stair that leads to the chamber, and she knows where she can

get the key of it."

And they went into the garden by the broad path, where one leaf was

falling after the other; and when the lights in the palace were all put

out, one after the other, the Crow led little Gerda to the back door,

which stood ajar.

Oh, how Gerda's heart beat with doubt and longing! It was just as if she

had been about to do something wrong; and yet she only wanted to know if

little Kay was there. Yes, he must be there. She called to mind his

clear eyes and his long hair so vividly, she could quite see him as he

used to laugh when they were sitting under the roses at home. He would

surely be glad to see her--to hear what a long way she had come for his

sake; to know how unhappy all at home were when he did not come back.

Oh, what a fright and what a joy it was!

Now they were on the stairs. A single lamp was burning there; and on the

floor stood the tame Crow, turning her head on every side and looking at

Gerda, who bowed as her grandmother had taught her to do.

"My intended has told me so much good of you, my dear young lady," said

the tame Crow. "Your Life, as they call it, is very affecting. If you

will take the lamp, I will go before. We will go straight on, for we

shall meet no one."

"I think there is somebody just behind us," said Gerda; and it rushed

past her. It was like shadows on the wall: horses with flowing manes and

thin legs, huntsmen, ladies and gentlemen on horseback.

"They are only dreams," said the Crow. "They come to fetch the thoughts

of the fine folk to the chase; 'tis well, for now you can see them

asleep all the better. But let me find, when you come to have honor and

fame, that you possess a grateful heart."

"Tut! that's not worth talking about," said the Crow from the woods.

Now they came into the first hall, which was of rose-colored satin,

with painted flowers on the wall. Here the dreams were rushing past, but

they hurried by so quickly that Gerda could not see the fine people. One

hall was more showy than the other--well might people be abashed; and at

last they came into the bed-chamber.

The ceiling of the room was like a great palm-tree, with leaves of

glass, of costly glass; and in the middle of the floor, from a thick

golden stalk, hung two beds, each of which was shaped like a lily. One

was white, and in this lay the Princess: the other was red, and it was

here that Gerda was to look for little Kay. She bent back one of the red

leaves, and saw a brown neck--oh, that was Kay! She called him quite

loud by name, held the lamp toward him--the dreams rushed again on

horseback into the chamber--he awoke, turned his head, and--it was not

little Kay!

The Prince was only like him about the neck; but he was young and

handsome. And out of the white lily leaves the Princess peeped too, and

asked what was the matter. Then little Gerda cried and told her whole

history, and all that the Crows had done for her.

"Poor little thing!" said the Prince and the Princess, and they praised

the Crows very much, and told them they were not at all angry with them,

but they were not to do so again. However, they should have a reward.

"Will you fly about at liberty?" asked the Princess; "or would you like

to have a steady place as court Crows with all the broken bits from

the kitchen?"

And both the Crows nodded, and begged for a steady place; for they

thought of their old age, and said "it was a good thing to have

something for the old folks," as the saying is.

And the Prince got up and let Gerda sleep in his bed, and more than this

he could not do. She folded her little hands, and thought, "How good men

and animals are!" and then she shut her eyes and slept soundly. All the

dreams came flying in again, and they now looked like the angels; they

drew a little sled, on which Kay sat and nodded his head: but the whole

was only a dream, and so it was all gone as soon as she awoke.

The next day she was dressed from top to toe in silk and velvet. They

offered to let her stay at the palace, and lead a happy life; but she

begged only to have a little carriage with a horse in front, and for a

small pair of shoes; then, she said, she would again go forth in the

wide world and look for Kay.

And she got both shoes and a muff; she was dressed very nicely, too; and

when she was about to set off, a new carriage stopped before the door.

It was of pure gold, and the arms of the Prince and Princess shone like

a star upon it; the coachman, the footmen, and the outriders, for

outriders were there too, all wore golden crowns. The Prince and

Princess helped her into the carriage themselves, and wished her good

luck. The Crow of the woods, who was now married, went with her for the

first three miles. He sat beside Gerda, for he could not bear riding

backward; the other Crow stood in the doorway, and flapped her wings;

she could not go with Gerda, because she suffered from headache since

she had had a steady place, and ate so much. The carriage was lined

inside with sugar-plums, and in the seats were fruits and cookies.

"Good-by! good-by!" cried Prince and Princess; and little Gerda wept,

and the Crows wept. Thus passed the first miles; and then the Crow said

good-by, and this was the worst good-by of all. He flew into a tree, and

beat his black wings as long as he could see the carriage, that shone

from afar like the clear sunlight.

THE NIGHTINGALE

From 'Riverside Literature Series': 1891, by Houghton, Mifflin & Co.

I--THE REAL NIGHTINGALE

In China, you must know, the Emperor is a Chinaman, and all whom he has

about him are Chinamen too. It happened a good many years ago, but

that's just why it's worth while to hear the story before it is

forgotten.

The Emperor's palace was the most splendid in the world. It was made

wholly of fine porcelain, very costly, but so brittle and so hard to

handle that one had to take care how one touched it. In the garden were

to be seen the most wonderful flowers, and to the prettiest of them

silver bells were tied, which tinkled, so that nobody should pass by

without noticing the flowers.

Yes, everything in the Emperor's garden was nicely set out, and it

reached so far that the gardener himself did not know where the end

was. If a man went on and on, he came into a glorious forest with high

trees and deep lakes. The wood went straight down to the sea, which was

blue and deep; great ships could sail to and fro beneath the branches of

the trees; and in the trees lived a Nightingale, which sang so finely

that even the poor Fisherman, who had many other things to do, stopped

still and listened, when he had gone out at night to throw out his nets,

and heard the Nightingale.

"How beautiful that is!" he said; but he had to attend to his work, and

so he forgot the bird. But the next night, when the bird sang again, and

the Fisherman heard it, he said as before, "How beautiful that is!"

From all the countries of the world travelers came to the city of the

Emperor, and admired it, and the palace, and the garden; but when they

heard the Nightingale, they all said, "That is the best of all!"

And the travelers told of it when they came home; and the learned men

wrote many books about the town, the palace, and the garden. But they

did not forget the Nightingale; that was spoken of most of all; and all

those who were poets wrote great poems about the Nightingale in the wood

by the deep lake.

The books went all over the world, and a few of them once came to the

Emperor. He sat in his golden chair, and read, and read; every moment he

nodded his head, for it pleased him to hear the fine things that were

said about the city, the palace, and the garden. "But the Nightingale is

the best of all!"--it stood written there.

"What's that?" exclaimed the Emperor. "The Nightingale? I don't know

that at all! Is there such a bird in my empire, and in my garden to

boot? I've never heard of that. One has to read about such things."

Hereupon he called his Cavalier, who was so grand that if any one lower

in rank than he dared to speak to him, or to ask him any question, he

answered nothing but "P!"--and that meant nothing.

"There is said to be a strange bird here called a Nightingale!" said the

Emperor. "They say it is the best thing in all my great empire. Why has

no one ever told me anything about it?"

"I have never heard it named," replied the Cavalier. "It has never been

presented at court."

"I command that it shall come here this evening, and sing before me,"

said the Emperor. "All the world knows what I have, and I do not know

it myself!"

"I have never heard it mentioned," said the Cavalier. "I will seek for

it. I will find it."

But where was it to be found? The Cavalier ran up and down all the

stairs, through halls and passages, but no one among all those whom he

met had heard talk of the Nightingale. And the Cavalier ran back to the

Emperor, and said that it must be a fable made up by those who

write books.

"Your Imperial Majesty must not believe what is written. It is fiction,

and something that they call the black art."

"But the book in which I read this," said the Emperor, "was sent to me

by the high and mighty Emperor of Japan, and so it cannot be a

falsehood. I will hear the Nightingale! It must be here this evening! It

has my high favor; and if it does not come, all the court shall be

trampled upon after it has supped!"

"Tsing-pe!" said the Cavalier; and again he ran up and down all the

stairs, and through all the halls and passages, and half the court ran

with him, for the courtiers did not like being trampled upon. There was

a great inquiry after the wonderful Nightingale, which all the world

knew, but not the people at court.

At last they met with a poor little girl in the kitchen. She said:--

"The Nightingale? I know it well; yes, how it can sing! Every evening I

get leave to carry my poor sick mother the scraps from the table. She

lives down by the beach, and when I get back and am tired, and rest in

the wood, then I hear the Nightingale sing. And then the tears come into

my eyes, and it is just as if my mother kissed me!"

"Little Kitchen-girl," said the Cavalier, "I will get you a fixed place

in the kitchen, with leave to see the Emperor dine, if you will lead us

to the Nightingale, for it is promised for this evening."

So they all went out into the wood where the Nightingale was wont to

sing; half the court went out. When they were on the way, a cow began

to low.

"Oh!" cried the court pages, "now we have it! That shows a great power

in so small a creature! We have certainly heard it before."

"No, those are cows mooing!" said the little Kitchen-girl. "We are a

long way from the place yet."

Now the frogs began to croak in the marsh.

"Glorious!" said the Chinese Court Preacher. "Now I hear it--it sounds

just like little church bells."

"No, those are frogs!" said the little Kitchen-maid. "But now I think we

shall soon hear it."

And then the Nightingale began to sing.

"That is it!" exclaimed the little Girl. "Listen, listen! and yonder it

sits."

And she pointed to a little gray bird up in the boughs.

"Is it possible?" cried the Cavalier. "I should never have thought it

looked like that! How simple it looks! It must certainly have lost its

color at seeing so many famous people around."

"Little Nightingale!" called the little Kitchen-maid, quite loudly, "our

gracious Emperor wishes you to sing before him."

"With the greatest pleasure!" replied the Nightingale, and sang so that

it was a joy to hear it.

"It sounds just like glass bells!" said the Cavalier. "And look at its

little throat, how it's working! It's wonderful that we should never

have heard it before. That bird will be a great success at court."

"Shall I sing once more before the Emperor?" asked the Nightingale, for

it thought the Emperor was present.

"My excellent little Nightingale," said the Cavalier, "I have great

pleasure in inviting you to a court festival this evening, when you

shall charm his Imperial Majesty with your beautiful singing."

"My song sounds best in the greenwood!" replied the Nightingale; still

it came willingly when it heard what the Emperor wished.

In the palace there was a great brushing up. The walls and the floor,

which were of porcelain, shone with many thousand golden lamps. The most

glorious flowers, which could ring clearly, had been placed in the

halls. There was a running to and fro, and a draught of air, but all the

bells rang so exactly together that one could not hear any noise.

In the midst of the great hall, where the Emperor sat, a golden perch

had been placed, on which the Nightingale was to sit. The whole court

was there, and the little Cook-maid had leave to stand behind the door,

as she had now received the title of a real cook-maid. All were in full

dress, and all looked at the little gray bird, to which the

Emperor nodded.

And the Nightingale sang so gloriously that the tears came into the

Emperor's eyes, and the tears ran down over his cheeks; and then the

Nightingale sang still more sweetly; that went straight to the heart.

The Emperor was happy, and he said the Nightingale should have his

golden slipper to wear round its neck. But the Nightingale thanked him,

it had already got reward enough.

"I have seen tears in the Emperor's eyes--that is the real treasure to

me. An Emperor's tears have a strange power. I am paid enough!" Then it

sang again with a sweet, glorious voice.

"That's the most lovely way of making love I ever saw!" said the ladies

who stood round about, and then they took water in their mouths to

gurgle when any one spoke to them. They thought they should be

nightingales too. And the lackeys and maids let it be known that they

were pleased too; and that was saying a good deal, for they are the

hardest of all to please. In short, the Nightingale made a real hit.

It was now to remain at court, to have its own cage, with freedom to go

out twice every day and once at night. It had twelve servants, and they

all had a silken string tied to the bird's leg which they held very

tight. There was really no pleasure in going out.

The whole city spoke of the wonderful bird, and when two people met, one

said nothing but "Nightin," and the other said "gale"; and then they

sighed, and understood one another. Eleven storekeepers' children were

named after the bird, but not one of them could sing a note.

II--THE TOY NIGHTINGALE

One day a large parcel came to the Emperor, on which was written "The

Nightingale."

"Here we have a new book about this famous bird," said the Emperor.

But it was not a book: it was a little work of art, that lay in a box; a

toy nightingale, which was to sing like a live one, but it was all

covered with diamonds, rubies, and sapphires. So soon as the toy bird

was wound up, he could sing one of the pieces that the real one sang,

and then his tail moved up and down, and shone with silver and gold.

Round his neck hung a little ribbon, and on that was written, "The

Emperor of Japan's Nightingale is poor beside that of the Emperor

in China."

"That is capital!" said they all, and he who had brought the toy bird at

once got the title Imperial Head-Nightingale-Bringer.

"Now they must sing together: what a duet that will be!"

And so they had to sing together; but it did not sound very well, for

the real Nightingale sang in its own way, and the toy bird sang waltzes.

"That's not its fault," said the Play-master: "it's quite perfect, and

very much in my style."

Now the toy bird was to sing alone. It made just as much of a hit as the

real one, and then it was so much more fine to look at--it shone like

bracelets and breastpins.

Three-and-thirty times over did it sing the same piece, and yet was not

tired. The people would gladly have heard it again, but the Emperor said

that the living Nightingale ought to sing a little something. But where

was it? No one had noticed that it had flown away, out of the open

window, back to its green woods.

"But what is become of it?" asked the Emperor.

Then all the courtiers scolded, and thought the Nightingale was a very

thankless creature.

"We have the best bird, after all," said they.

And so the toy bird had to sing again, and this was the thirty-fourth

time they had listened to the same piece. For all that, they did not

know it quite by heart, for it was so very difficult. And the

Play-master praised the bird highly; yes, he declared that it was better

than the real Nightingale, not only in its feathers and its many

beautiful diamonds, but inside as well.

"For you see, ladies and gentlemen, and above all, your Imperial

Majesty, with the real Nightingale one can never make sure what is

coming, but in this toy bird everything is settled. It is just so, and

not any other way. One can explain it; one can open it, and can show how

much thought went to making it, where the waltzes come from, how they

go, and how one follows another."

"Those are quite our own ideas," they all said. And the Play-master got

leave to show the bird to the people on the next Sunday. The people

were to hear it sing too, said the Emperor; and they did hear it, and

were as much pleased as if they had all had tea, for that's quite the

Chinese fashion; and they all said "Oh!" and held their forefingers up

in the air and nodded. But the poor Fisherman, who had heard the real

Nightingale, said:--

"It sounds pretty enough, and it's a little like, but there's something

wanting, though I know not what!"

The real Nightingale was exiled from the land and empire.

The toy bird had its place on a silken cushion close to the Emperor's

bed. All the presents it had received, gold and precious stones, were

ranged about it. In title it had come to be High Imperial

After-Dinner-Singer, and in rank it was Number One on the left hand; for

the Emperor reckoned that side the most important on which the heart is

placed, and even in an Emperor the heart is on the left side. And the

Play-master wrote a work of five-and-twenty volumes about the toy bird:

it was so learned and so long, full of the most difficult Chinese words,

that all the people said they had read it and understood it, or else

they would have been thought stupid, and would have had their bodies

trampled on.

So a whole year went by. The Emperor, the court, and all the other

Chinese knew every little twitter in the toy bird's song by heart.

But just for that reason it pleased them best--they could sing

with it themselves, and they did so. The street boys sang,

"Tsi-tsi-tsi-glug-glug!" and the Emperor himself sang it too. Yes, that

was certainly famous.

But one evening, when the toy bird was singing its best, and the Emperor

lay in bed and heard it, something inside the bird said, "Svup!"

Something cracked. "Whir-r-r!" All the wheels ran round, and then the

music stopped.

The Emperor jumped at once out of bed, and had his own doctor called;

but what could he do? Then they sent for a watchmaker, and after a good

deal of talking and looking, he got the bird into some sort of order;

but he said that it must be looked after a good deal, for the barrels

were worn, and he could not put new ones in in such a manner that the

music would go. There was a great to-do; only once in a year did they

dare to let the bird sing, and that was almost too much. But then the

Play-master made a little speech, full of heavy words, and said this was

just as good as before--and so, of course, it was as good as before.

III--THE REAL NIGHTINGALE AGAIN

Five years had gone by, and a real grief came upon the whole nation. The

Chinese were really fond of their Emperor, and now he was sick, and

could not, it was said, live much longer. Already a new Emperor had been

chosen, and the people stood out in the street and asked the Cavalier

how their old Emperor did.

"P!" said he, and shook his head.

Cold and pale lay the Emperor in his great, gorgeous bed; the whole

court thought him dead, and each one ran to pay respect to the new

ruler. The chamberlains ran out to talk it over, and the ladies'-maids

had a great coffee party. All about, in all the halls and passages,

cloth had been laid down so that no one could be heard go by, and

therefore it was quiet there, quite quiet. But the Emperor was not dead

yet: stiff and pale he lay on the gorgeous bed with the long velvet

curtains and the heavy gold tassels; high up, a window stood open, and

the moon shone in upon the Emperor and the toy bird.

The poor Emperor could scarcely breathe; it was just as if something lay

upon his breast. He opened his eyes, and then he saw that it was Death

who sat upon his breast, and had put on his golden crown, and held in

one hand the Emperor's sword, and in the other his beautiful banner. And

all around, from among the folds of the splendid velvet curtains,

strange heads peered forth; a few very ugly, the rest quite lovely and

mild. These were all the Emperor's bad and good deeds, that stood before

him now that Death sat upon his heart.

"Do you remember this?" whispered one to the other, "Do you remember

that?" and then they told him so much that the sweat ran from

his forehead.

"I did not know that!" said the Emperor. "Music! music! the great

Chinese drum!" he cried, "so that I need not hear all they say!"

And they kept on, and Death nodded like a Chinaman to all they said.

"Music! music!" cried the Emperor. "You little precious golden bird,

sing, sing! I have given you gold and costly presents; I have even hung

my golden slipper around your neck--now, sing!"

But the bird stood still,--no one was there to wind him up, and he could

not sing without that; but Death kept on staring at the Emperor with

his great hollow eyes, and it was quiet, fearfully quiet.

Then there sounded close by the window the most lovely song. It was the

little live Nightingale, that sat outside on a spray. It had heard of

the Emperor's need, and had come to sing to him of trust and hope. And

as it sang the spectres grew paler and paler; the blood ran more and

more quickly through the Emperor's weak limbs, and Death himself

listened, and said:--

"Go on, little Nightingale, go on!"

"But will you give me that splendid golden sword? Will you give me that

rich banner? Will you give me the Emperor's crown?"

And Death gave up each of these treasures for a song. And the

Nightingale sang on and on; it sang of the quiet churchyard where the

white roses grow, where the elder-blossom smells sweet, and where the

fresh grass is wet with the tears of mourners. Then Death felt a longing

to see his garden, and floated out at the window in the form of a cold,

white mist.

"Thanks! thanks!" said the Emperor. "You heavenly little bird! I know

you well. I drove you from my land and empire, and yet you have charmed

away the evil faces from my bed, and driven Death from my heart! How can

I pay you?"

"You have paid me!" replied the Nightingale. "I drew tears from your

eyes, the first time I sang--I shall never forget that. Those are the

jewels that make a singer's heart glad. But now sleep and grow fresh and

strong again. I will sing you something."

And it sang, and the Emperor fell into a sweet sleep. Ah! how mild and

refreshing that sleep was! The sun shone upon him through the windows,

when he awoke strong and sound. Not one of his servants had yet come

back, for they all thought that he was dead; but the Nightingale still

sat beside him and sang.

"You must always stay with me," said the Emperor. "You shall sing as you

please; and I'll break the toy bird into a thousand pieces."

"Not so," replied the Nightingale. "It did well as long as it could;

keep it as you have done till now. I cannot build my nest in the palace

to dwell in it, but let me come when I feel the wish; then I will sit in

the evening on the spray yonder by the window, and sing for you, so

that you may be glad and thoughtful at once. I will sing of those who

are happy and of those who suffer. I will sing of good and of evil that

remain hidden round about you. The little singing bird flies far around,

to the poor fisherman, to the peasant's roof, to every one who dwells

far away from you and from your court. I love your heart more than your

crown, and yet the crown has an air of sanctity about it. I will come

and sing to you--but one thing you must promise me."

"Everything!" said the Emperor; and he stood there in his royal robes,

which he had put on himself, and pressed the sword which was heavy with

gold to his heart.

"One thing I beg of you: tell no one that you have a little bird who

tells you everything. Then all will go well."

And the Nightingale flew away.

The servants came in to look on their dead Emperor, and--yes, there he

stood, and the Emperor said, "Good-morning!"

THE MARKET PLACE AT ODENSE (1836)

From 'The Story of My Life'

If the reader was a child who lived in Odense, he would just need to say

the words "St. Knud's Fair," and it would rise before him in the

brightest colors, lighted by the beams of childish fancy.... Somewhere

near the middle of the town, five streets meet and make a little

square.... There the town crier, in striped homespun, with a yellow

bandoleer, beat his drum and proclaimed from a scroll the splendid

things to be seen in the town.

"He beats a good drum," said the chamberlain.

"It would delight Spontini and Rossini to hear the fellow," said

William. "Really, Odense at New Year would just suit these composers.

The drums and fifes are in their glory. They drum the New Year in. Seven

or eight little drummers, or fifers, go from door to door, with troops

of children and old women, and they beat the drum-taps and the reveille.

That fetches the pennies. Then when the New Year is well drummed in the

city, they go into the country and drum for meat and porridge. The

drumming in of the New Year lasts until Lent."

"And then we have new sports," said the chamberlain. "The fishers come

from Stege with a full band, and on their shoulders a boat with all

sorts of flags.... Then they lay a board between two boats, and on this

two of the youngest and spryest wrestle till one falls into the

water.... But all the fun's gone now. When I was young, there was

different sport going. That was a sight! the corporation procession with

the banners and the harlequin atop, and at Shrovetide, when the butchers

led about an ox decked with ribbons and carnival twigs, with a boy on

his back with wings and a little shirt.... All that's past now, people

are got so fine. St. Knud's Fair is not what it used to be."

"Well, I'm glad it isn't," said William; "but let us go into the market

and look at the Jutlanders, who are sitting with their pottery

amidst the hay."

Just as the various professions in the Middle Ages had each its quarter,

so here the shoemakers had ranged their tables side by side, and behind

them stood the skillful workman in his long coat, and with his

well-brushed felt hat in his hand. Where the shoemakers' quarter ended,

the hatters' began, and there one was in the midst of the great market

where tents and booths formed many parallel streets. The milliners, the

goldsmiths, the pastry cooks, with booths of canvas and wood, were the

chief attractions. Ribbons and handkerchiefs fluttered. Noise and bustle

was everywhere. The girls from the same village always went in rows,

seven or eight inseparables, with hands fast clasped. It was impossible

to break the chain; and if you tried to pass through, the whole band

wound itself into a clump. Behind the booth was a great space with

wooden shoes, pottery, turners' and saddlers' wares. Rude and rough toys

were spread on tables. Around them children were trying little trumpets,

or moving about the playthings. Country girls twirled and twisted the

work-boxes and themselves many a time before making their bargain. The

air was thick and heavy with odors that were spiced with the smell of

honey-cake.

On Fair day, St. Knud's Church and all its tombs are open to the public.

From whatever side you look at this fine old building it has something

imposing, with its high tower and spire. The interior produces the same,

perhaps a greater, effect. But its full impression is not felt on

entering it, nor until you get to the main aisle. There all is grand,

beautiful, light. The whole interior is bright with gilding. Up in the

high vaulted roof there shine, since old time, a multitude of golden

stars. On both sides, high up above the side aisles, are great gothic

windows from which the light streams down. The side aisles are painted

with oil portraits, whole families, women and children, all in clerical

dress, with long gowns and deep ruffs. Usually the figures are ranged by

ages, the eldest first and then down to the very smallest.

They all stand with folded hands, and look piously down before them,

till their colors have gradually faded away in dust.

THE ANDERSEN JUBILEE AT ODENSE

From 'The Story of My Life'

I heard on the morning of December 6th [1867] that the town was

decorated, that all the schools had a holiday, because it was my

festival. I felt myself as humble, meek, and poor as though I stood

before my God. Every weakness or error or sin, in thought, word, and

deed, was revealed to me. All stood out strangely clear in my soul, as

though it were doomsday--and it was my festival. God knows how humble I

felt when men exalted and honored me so.

Then came the first telegram from the Student Club. I saw that they

shared and did not envy my joy. Then came a dispatch from a private club

of students in Copenhagen, and from the Artisans' Club of Slagelse. You

will remember that I went to school in that town, and was therefore

attached to it. Soon followed messages from sympathetic friends in

Aarhuus, in Stege; telegram on telegram from all around. One of these

was read aloud by Privy Councillor Koch. It was from the king. The

assembly burst out in applause. Every cloud and shadow in my

soul vanished!

How happy I was! And yet man must not exalt himself. I was to feel that

I was only a poor child of humanity, bound by the frailty of earth. I

suffered from a dreadful toothache, which was increased unbearably by

the heat and excitement. Yet at evening I read a Wonder Story for the

little friends. Then the deputation came from the town corporations,

with torches and waving banners through the street, to the guild-hall.

And now the prophecy was to be fulfilled that the old woman gave when I

left home as a boy. Odense was to be illuminated for me. I stepped to

the open window. All was aglow with torchlight, the square was filled

with people. Songs swelled up to me. I was overcome, emotionally.

Physically racked with pain, I could not enjoy this crowning fruit of my

life, the toothache was so intolerable. The ice-cold air that blew

against me fanned the pain to an awful intensity, and, instead of

enjoying the bliss of these never-to-be-repeated moments, I looked at

the printed song to see how many verses had to be sung before I could

step away from the torture which the cold air sent through my teeth. It

was the acme of suffering. As the glow of the piled-up torches subsided,

my pain subsided too. How thankful I was, though! Gentle eyes were

fastened upon me all around. All wanted to speak with me, to press my

hand. Tired out, I reached the bishop's house and sought rest. But I got

no sleep till toward morning, so filled and overflowing was I.

'MISERERE' IN THE SIXTINE CHAPEL

From 'The Improvisatore': Translation by Mary Howitt

On Wednesday afternoon began the Miserere in the Sixtine Chapel. My soul

longed for music; in the world of melody I could find sympathy and

consolation. The throng was great, even within the chapel--the foremost

division was already filled with ladies. Magnificent boxes, hung with

velvet and golden draperies for royal personages and foreigners from

various courts, were here erected so high that they looked out beyond

the richly carved railing which separated the ladies from the interior

of the chapel. The papal Swiss Guards stood in their bright festal

array. The officers wore light armor, and in their helmets a waving

plume.... The old cardinals entered in their magnificent scarlet velvet

cloaks, with their white ermine capes, and seated themselves side by

side in a great half-circle within the barrier, while the priests who

had carried their trains seated themselves at their feet. By the little

side door of the altar the holy father now entered, in his scarlet

mantle and silver tiara. He ascended his throne. Bishops swung the

vessels of incense around him, while young priests, in scarlet

vestments, knelt, with lighted torches in their hands, before him and

the high altar.

The reading of the lessons began. But it was impossible to keep the

eyes fixed on the lifeless letters of the Missal--they raised

themselves, with the thoughts, to the vast universe which Michael Angelo

has breathed forth in colors upon the ceiling and the walls. I

contemplated his mighty sibyls and wondrously glorious prophets,--every

one of them a subject for a painting. My eyes drank in the magnificent

processions, the beautiful groups of angels; they were not, to me,

painted pictures;--all stood living before me. The rich tree of

knowledge, from which Eve gave the fruit to Adam; the Almighty God, who

floated over the waters,--not borne up by angels, as the older masters

had represented him--no, the company of angels rested upon him and his

fluttering garments. It is true, I had seen these pictures before, but

never as now had they seized upon me. My excited state of mind, the

crowd of people, perhaps even the lyric of my thoughts, made me

wonderfully alive to poetical impressions; and many a poet's heart has

felt as mine did!

The bold foreshortenings, the determinate force with which every figure

steps forward, is amazing, and carries one quite away! It is a spiritual

Sermon on the Mount, in color and form. Like Raphael, we stand in

astonishment before the power of Michael Angelo. Every prophet is a

Moses, like that which he formed in marble. What giant forms are those

which seize upon our eye and our thoughts as we enter! But when

intoxicated with this view, let us turn our eyes to the background of

the chapel, whose whole wall is a high altar of art and thought. The

great chaotic picture, from the floor to the roof, shows itself there

like a jewel, of which all the rest is only the setting. We see there

the Last Judgment.

Christ stands in judgment upon the clouds, and his Mother and the

Apostles stretch forth their hands beseechingly for the poor human race.

The dead raise the gravestones under which they have lain; blessed

spirits adoring, float upward to God, while the abyss seizes its

victims. Here one of the ascending spirits seeks to save his condemned

brother, whom the abyss already embraces in its snaky folds. The

children of despair strike their clenched fists upon their brows, and

sink into the depths! In bold foreshortenings, float and tumble whole

legions between heaven and earth. The sympathy of the angels, the

expression of lovers who meet, the child that at the sound of the

trumpet clings to the mother's breast, are so natural and beautiful

that one believes one's self to be among those who are waiting for

judgment. Michael Angelo has expressed in colors what Dante saw and has

sung to the generations of the earth.

The descending sun at that moment threw his last beams in through the

uppermost window. Christ, and the blessed around him, were strongly

lighted up; while the lower part, where the dead arose, and the demons

thrust their boat laden with the damned from the shore, were almost

in darkness.

Just as the sun went down the last lesson was ended, the last light

which now remained was extinguished, and the whole picture world

vanished in the gloom from before me; but in that same moment burst

forth music and singing. That which color had bodily revealed arose now

in sound; the day of judgment, with its despair and its exultation,

resounded above us.

The father of the church, stripped of his papal pomp, stood before the

altar, and prayed to the holy cross; and upon the wings of the trumpet

resounded the trembling choir, 'Populus meus quid feci tibi?' Soft

angel-tones rose above the deep song, tones which ascended not from a

human breast: it was not a man's nor a woman's; it belonged to the world

of spirits; it was like the weeping of angels dissolved in melody.

ANEURIN

(Sixth Century A.D.)

Among the triad of singers--Llywarch, prince and bard, Aneurin, warrior

and bard, and Taliessin, bard only--who were among the followers of the

heroic British chief Urien, when he bravely but unsuccessfully resisted

the invasion of the victorious Angles and Saxons, Aneurin was famous

both as poet and warrior. He sang of the long struggle that eventually

was to turn Briton into England, and celebrated in his 'Gododin' ninety

of the fallen Cymric chiefs. The notes of his life are scanty, and are

drawn chiefly from his allusion to himself in his poem. He was the son

of Cwm Cawlwyd, a chief of the tribe of Gododin. He seems to have been

educated at St. Cadoc's College at Llancarvan, and afterwards entered

the bardic order. As appears from the 'Gododin,' he was present at the

battle of Cattræth both as bard and as priest. He fled, but was taken

prisoner. In his poem he refers to the hardships he endured in his

captivity. After his release he returned to Llancarvan, Wales, and in

his old age he went north to live with his brother in Galloway. Here he

was murdered; his death is referred to as one of the "three accursed

hatchet-strokes of the isle of Britain." His friendship with Taliessin

is commemorated by both bards.

The 'Gododin' is at once the longest and the most important composition

in early Welsh literature. It has been variously interpreted, but is

thought to celebrate the battle of Cattræth. This battle was fought in

570 between the Britons, who had formed a league to defend their

country, and their Teutonic invaders. It "began on a Tuesday, lasted for

a week, and ended with great slaughter of the Britons, who fought

desperately till they perished on the field." Three hundred and sixty

chieftains were slain; only three escaped by flight, among whom was

Aneurin, who afterwards commemorated the slaughter in the 'Gododin,' a

lament for the dead. Ninety-seven of the stanzas remain. In various

measures of alliterative and assonant verse they sing the praises of

ninety of the fallen chiefs, usually giving one stanza to each hero. One

of these stanzas is known to readers of Gray, who translated it under

the name of 'The Death of Hoel.'

Again the 'Gododin' is assumed to be, like many early epic poems whose

origin is wrapped in mystery, not the commemoration of one single,

particular event, but a collection of lays composed at various times,

which compresses into one battle the long and disastrous period of the

Anglo-Saxon invasion, ending in the subjugation of the Britons.

But whatever its history, the 'Gododin' is one of the finest monuments

of Cymric literature. "In the brevity of the narrative, the careless

boldness of the actors as they present themselves, the condensed energy

of the action, and the fierce exultation of the slaughter, together with

the recurring elegiac note, this poem (or poems if it be the work of two

authors) has some of the highest epic qualities. The ideas and manners

are in harmony with the age and the country to which it is referred."

Like all early songs, the poem was handed down through centuries by oral

tradition. It is now preserved in the 'Book of Aneurin,' a small quarto

manuscript of nineteen leaves of vellum, of the end of the

thirteenth century.

The 'Gododin' has been published with an English translation and notes

by the Rev. J. Williams (1852); and by the Cymmrodorion Society, with a

translation by Thomas Stevens, in 1885. Interesting information covering

it may be found in Skene's 'Four Ancient Books of Wales' (1866), and in

the article 'Celtic Literature' in this work.

THE SLAYING OF OWAIN

[During the battle a conference was held, at which the British leaders

demanded as a condition of peace that part of the land of Gododin be

restored. In reply, the Saxons killed Owain, one of the greatest of the

Cymric bards. Aneurin thus pictures him:--]

A man in thought, a boy in form,

He stoutly fought, and sought the storm

Of flashing war that thundered far.

His courser, lank and swift, thick-maned,

Bore on his flank, as on he strained,

The light-brown shield, as on he sped,

With golden spur, in cloak of fur,

His blue sword gleaming. Be there said

No word of mine that does not hold thee dear!

Before thy youth had tasted bridal cheer,

The red death was thy bride! The ravens feed

On thee yet straining to the front, to lead.

Owain, the friend I loved, is dead!

Woe is it that on him the ravens feed!

THE FATE OF HOEL, SON OF THE GREAT CIAN

[From various expressions used by Aneurin in different parts of his

great poem, it is evident that the warriors of whom he sang fortified

themselves, before entering the field of battle, with unstinted

libations of that favorite intoxicant of those days, sweet mead. He

mentions the condition of the warriors as they started for the fray, and

tells of Hoel's fate. This son of Cian had married the daughter of one

of the Bryneish. His marriage caused no abatement of a feud existing

between the tribes to which the husband and wife respectively belonged.

He repudiated her family, disdained to take her away, and was sought and

slain by her insulted father.]

The warriors marched to Cattræth, full of mead;

Drunken, but firm of array: great the shame,

But greater the valor no bard can defame.

The war-dogs fought fiercely, red swords seemed to bleed.

Flesh and soul, I had slain thee, myself, had I thought,

Son of Cian, my friend, that thy faith had been bought

By a bribe from the tribe of the Bryneish! But no;

He scorned to take dowry from hands of the foe,

And I, all unhurt, lost a friend in the fight,

Whom the wrath of a father felled down for the slight.

THE GIANT GWRVELING FALLS AT LAST

[The bard tells the story of Gwrveling's revelry, impulsive bravery, and

final slaughter of the foe before yielding to their prowess.]

Light of lights--the sun,

Leader of the day,

First to rise and run

His appointed way,

Crowned with many a ray,

Seeks the British sky;

Sees the flight's dismay,

Sees the Britons fly.

The horn in Eiddin's hall

Had sparkled with the wine,

And thither, at a call

To drink and be divine,

He went, to share the feast

Of reapers, wine and mead.

He drank, and so increased

His daring for wild deed.

The reapers sang of war

That lifts its shining wings,

Its shining wings of fire,

Its shields that flutter far.

The bards, too, sang of war,

Of plumed and crested war;

The song rose ever higher.

Not a shield

Escapes the shock,

To the field

They fiercely flock,--

There to fall.

But of all

Who struck on giant Gwrveling,

Whom he would he struck again,

All he struck in grave were lain,

Ere the bearers came to bring

To his grave stout Gwrveling.

ANGLO-SAXON LITERATURE

BY ROBERT SHARP

The earliest recorded utterances of a race, whether in poetry or in

prose, become to the representatives of this race in later days a

treasure beyond price. The value of such monuments of the remote past is

manifold. In them we first begin to become really acquainted with

ancestors of the people of to-day, even though we may have read in the

pages of earlier writers of alien descent much that is of great

concurrent interest. Through the medium of the native saga, epic, and

meagre chronicle, we see for the first time their real though dim

outlines, moving in and out of the mists that obscure the dawn of

history; and these outlines become more and more distinct as the

literary remains of succeeding periods become more abundant and present

more varied aspects of life. We come gradually to know what manner of

men and women were these ancestors, what in peace and in war were their

customs, what their family and social relations, their food and drink,

their dress, their systems of law and government, their religion and

morals, what were their art instincts, what were their ideals.

This is essential material for the construction of history in its

complete sense. And this evidence, when subjected to judicious

criticism, is trustworthy; for the ancient story-teller and poet

reflects the customs and ideas and ideals of his own time, even though

the combination of agencies and the preternatural proportions of the

actors and their deeds belong to the imagination. The historian must

know how to supplement and to give life and interest to the colorless

succession of dates, names, and events of the chronicler, by means of

these imaginative yet truth-bearing creations of the poet.

Remnants of ancient poetry and legend have again an immediate value in

proportion as they exhibit a free play of fine imagination; that is,

according as they possess the power of stirring to response the

aesthetic feeling of subsequent ages,--as they possess the true poetic

quality. This gift of imagination varies greatly among races as among

individuals, and the earliest manifestations of it frequently throw a

clear light upon apparently eccentric tendencies developed in a

literature in later times.

For these reasons, added to a natural family pride in them, the early

literary monuments of the Anglo-Saxons should be cherished by us as

among the most valued possessions of the race.

The first Teutonic language to be reduced to writing was the

Moeso-Gothic. Considerable portions of a translation of the Bible into

that language, made by Bishop Ulfilas in the fourth century, still

remain. But this cannot be called the beginning of a literature; for

there is no trace of original creative impulse. The Gothic movement,

too, seems to have ceased immediately after its beginning. It is

elsewhere that we must seek for the rise of a real Teutonic literature.

We shall not find it till after the lapse of several centuries; and we

find it not among the tribes that remained in the fatherland, nor with

those that had broken into and conquered parts of the Roman empire, only

to be absorbed and to blend with other races into Romanic nations. The

proud distinction belongs to the Low German tribes that had created an

England in Britain.

The conquest of Britain by the Anglo-Saxons, begun in 449, seemed at

first to promise only retrogression and the ruin of an existing

civilization. These fierce barbarians found among the Celts of Britain a

Roman culture, and the Christian religion exerting its influence for

order and humanity. Their mission seemed to be to destroy both. In their

original homes in the forests of northern Germany, they had come little

if at all into contact with Roman civilization. At any rate, we may

assume that they had felt no Roman influence capable of stemming their

national and ethnical tendencies. We cannot yet solve the difficult

problem of the extent of their mingling with the conquered Celts in

Britain. In spite of learned opinions to the contrary, the evidence now

available seems to point to only a small infusion of Celtic blood. The

conquerors seem to have settled down to their new homes with all the

heathenism and most of the barbarism they had brought from their old

home, a Teutonic people still.

In these ruthless, plundering barbarians, whose very breath was battle,

and who seemed for the time the very genius of disorder and ruin, there

existed, nevertheless, potentialities of humanity, order, and

enlightenment far exceeding those of the system they displaced. In all

their barbarism there was a certain nobility; their courage was

unflinching; the fidelity, even unto death, of thane to lord, repaid the

open-handed generosity of lord to thane; they honored truth; and even

after we allow for the exaggerated claims made for a chivalrous devotion

that did not exist, we find that they held their women in higher respect

than was usual even among many more enlightened peoples.

There are few more remarkable narratives in history than that of the

facility and enthusiasm with which the Anglo-Saxons, a people

conservative then as now to the degree of extreme obstinacy, accepted

Christianity and the new learning which followed in the train of the

new religion. After a few lapses into paganism in some localities, we

find these people, who lately had swept Christian Britain with fire and

sword, themselves became most zealous followers of Christ. Under the

influence of the Roman missionaries who, under St. Augustine, had begun

their work in the south in 597 among the Saxons and Jutes, and under the

combined influence of Irish and Roman missionaries in the north and east

among the Angles, theological and secular studies were pursued with

avidity. By the end of the seventh century we find Anglo-Saxon

missionaries, with St. Boniface at their head, carrying Christianity and

enlightenment to the pagan German tribes on the Continent.

The torch had been passed to the Anglo-Saxon, and a new centre of

learning, York,--the old Roman capital, now the chief city of the

Northumbrian Angles,--became famous throughout Europe. Indeed, York

seemed for a time the chief hope for preserving and advancing Christian

culture; for the danger of a relapse into dense ignorance had become

imminent in the rest of Europe. Bede, born about 673, a product of this

Northumbrian culture, represented the highest learning of his day. He

wrote a vast number of works in Latin, treating nearly all the branches

of knowledge existing in his day. Alcuin, another Northumbrian, born

about 735, was called by Charlemagne to be tutor for himself and his

children, and to organize the educational system of his realm. Other

great names might be added to show the extent and brilliancy of the new

learning. It was more remarkable among the Angles; and only at a later

day, when the great schools of the north had gone up in fire and smoke

in the pitiless invasion of the Northmen, did the West Saxons become the

leaders, almost the only representatives, of the literary impulse among

the Anglo-Saxons.

It is significant that the first written English that we know of

contains the first Christian English king's provision for peace and

order in his kingdom. The laws of Athelbert, King of Kent, who died in

616, were written down early in the seventh century. This code, as it

exists, is the oldest surviving monument of English prose. The laws of

Ine, King of the West Saxons, were put into writing about 690. These

collections can scarcely be said to have a literary value; but they are

of the utmost importance as throwing light upon the early customs of our

race, and the laws of Ine may be considered as the foundation of modern

English law. Many of these laws were probably much older; but they were

now first codified and systematically enforced. The language employed is

direct, almost crabbed; but occasionally the Anglo-Saxon love of figure

shows itself. To illustrate, I quote, after Brooke, from Earle's

'Anglo-Saxon Literature,' page 153:--

"In case any one burn a tree in a wood, and it came to light

who did it, let him pay the full penalty, and give sixty

shillings, _because fire is a thief_. If one fell in a wood

ever so many trees, and it be found out afterwards, let him

pay for three trees, each with thirty shillings. He is not

required to pay for more of them, however many they may be,

_because the axe is a reporter, and not a thief_." [The

italicized sentences are evidently current sayings.]

But even these remains, important and interesting as they are, may not

be called the beginning of a vernacular literature. It is among the

Angles of Northumbria that we shall find the earliest native and truly

literary awakening in England. Here we perceive the endeavor to do

something more than merely to aid the memory of men in preserving

necessary laws and records of important events. The imagination had

become active. The impulse was felt to give expression to deep emotions,

to sing the deeds and noble character of some hero embodying the

loftiest ideals of the time and the race, to utter deep religious

feeling. There was an effort to do this in a form showing harmony in

theme and presentation. Here we find displayed a feeling for art, often

crude, but still a true and native impulse. This activity produced or

gave definite form to the earliest Anglo-Saxon poetry, a poetry often of

a very high quality; perhaps never of the highest, but always of intense

interest. We may claim even a greater distinction for the early fruit of

Anglo-Saxon inspiration. Mr. Stopford Brooke says:--"With the exception

of perhaps a few Welsh and Irish poems, it is the only vernacular poetry

in Europe, outside of the classic tongues, which belongs to so early a

time as the seventh and eighth centuries."

The oldest of these poems belong in all save their final form to the

ancient days in Northern Germany. They bear evidence of transmission,

with varying details, from gleeman to gleeman, till they were finally

carried over to England and there edited, often with discordant

interpolations and modifications, by Christian scribes. Tacitus tells us

that at his time songs or poems were a marked feature in the life of the

Germans; but we cannot trace the clue further. To these more ancient

poems many others were added by Christian Northumbrian poets, and we

find that a large body of poetry had grown up in the North before the

movement was entirely arrested by the destroying Northmen. Not one of

these poems, unless we except a few fragmentary verses, has come down to

us in the Northumbrian dialect. Fortunately they had been transcribed by

the less poetically gifted West Saxons into theirs, and it is in this

form that we possess them.

This poetry shows in subject and in treatment very considerable range.

We have a great poem, epic in character; poems partly narrative and

partly descriptive; poems that may be classed as lyric or elegiac in

character; a large body of verse containing a paraphrase of portions of

the Bible; a collection of 'Riddles'; poems on animals, with morals; and

others difficult to classify.

The regular verse-form was the alliterative, four-accent line, broken by

a strongly marked cæsura into two half-lines, which were in early

editions printed as short lines. The verse was occasionally extended to

six accents. In the normal verse there were two alliterated words in the

first half of the line, each of which received a strong accent; in the

second half there was one accented word in alliteration with the

alliterated words in the first half, and one other accented word not in

alliteration. A great license was allowed as to the number of unaccented

syllables, and as to their position in regard to the accented ones; and

this lent great freedom and vigor to the verse. When well constructed

and well read, it must have been very effective. There were of course

many variations from the normal number, three, of alliterated words, as

it would be impossible to find so many for every line.

Something of the quality of this verse-form may be felt in translations

which aim at the same effect. Notice the result in the following from

Professor Gummere's version of as election from 'Beowulf':--

"Then the warriors went, as the way was showed to them,

Under Heorot's roof; the hero stepped,

Hardy 'neath helm, till the hearth he neared."

In these verses it will be noted that the alliteration is complete in

the first and third, and that in the second it is incomplete.

A marked feature of the Anglo-Saxon poetry is parallelism, or the

repetition of an idea by means of new phrases or epithets, most

frequently within the limits of a single sentence. This proceeds from

the desire to emphasize attributes ascribed to the deity, or to some

person or object prominent in the sentence. But while the added epithets

have often a cumulative force, and are picturesque, yet it must be

admitted that they sometimes do not justify their introduction. This may

be best illustrated by an example. The following, in the translation of

Earle, is Cædmon's first hymn, composed between 658 and 680, and the

earliest piece of Anglo-Saxon poetry that we know to have had its origin

in England:--

"Now shall we glorify the guardian of heaven's realm,

The Maker's might and the thought of his mind;

The work of the Glory-Father, how He of every wonder,

He, the Lord eternal, laid the foundation.

He shaped erst for the sons of men

Heaven, their roof, Holy Creator;

The middle world, He, mankind's sovereign,

Eternal captain, afterwards created,

The land for men, Lord Almighty."

Many of the figurative expressions are exceedingly vigorous and poetic;

some to our taste not so much so. Note the epithets in "the lank wolf,"

"the wan raven," "bird greedy for slaughter," "the dewy-winged eagle,"

"dusky-coated," "crooked-beaked," "horny-beaked," "the maid,

fair-cheeked," "curly-locked," "elf-bright." To the Anglo-Saxon poet,

much that we call metaphorical was scarcely more than literal statement.

As the object pictured itself to his responsive imagination, he

expressed it with what was to him a direct realism. His lines are filled

with a profusion of metaphors of every degree of effectiveness. To him

the sea was "the water-street," "the swan-path," "the strife of the

waves," "the whale-path"; the ship was "the foamy-necked floater," "the

wave-farer," "the sea-wood," "the sea-horse"; the arrow was "the battle

adder"; the battle was "spear-play," "sword-play"; the prince was "the

ring-giver," "the gold-friend"; the throne was "the gift-stool"; the

body, "the bone-house"; the mind, "the breast-hoard."

Indeed, as it has been pointed out by many writers, the metaphor is

almost the only figure of the Anglo-Saxon poetry. The more developed

simile belongs to a riper and more reflective culture, and is

exceedingly rare in this early native product. It has been noted that

'Beowulf,' a poem of three thousand one hundred and eighty-four lines,

contains only four or five simple similes, and only one that is fully

carried out. "The ship glides away likest to a bird," "The monster's

eyes gleam like fire," are simple examples cited by Ten Brink, who gives

also the elaborate one, "The sword-hilt melted, likened to ice, when the

Father looseneth the chain of frost, and unwindeth the wave-ropes." But

even this simile is almost obliterated by the crowding metaphors.

Intensity, an almost abrupt directness, a lack of explanatory detail,

are more general characteristics, though in greatly varying degrees. As

some critic has well said, the Anglo-Saxon poet seems to presuppose a

knowledge of his subject-matter by those he addresses. Such a style is

capable of great swiftness of movement, and is well suited to rapid

description and narrative; but at times roughness or meagreness results.

The prevailing tone is one of sadness. In the lyric poetry, this is so

decided that all the Anglo-Saxon lyrics have been called elegies. This

note seems to be the echo of the struggle with an inhospitable climate,

dreary with rain, ice, hail, and snow; and of the uncertainties of life,

and the certainty of death. Suffering was never far off, and everything

was in the hands of Fate. This is true at least of the earlier poetry,

and the note is rarely absent even in the Christian lyrics. A more

cheerful strain is sometimes heard, as in the 'Riddles,' but it is

rather the exception; and any alleged humor is scarcely more than a

suspicion. Love and sentiment, in the modern sense, are not made the

subject of Anglo-Saxon poetry, and this must mean that they did not

enter into the Anglo-Saxon life with the same intensity as into modern

life. The absence of this beautiful motive has, to some degree, its

compensation in the exceeding moral purity of the whole literature. It

is doubtful whether it has its equal in this respect.

Anglo-Saxon prose displays, as a general thing, a simple, direct, and

clear style. There is, of course, a considerable difference between the

prose of the earlier and that of the later period, and individual

writers show peculiarities. It displays throughout a marked contrast

with the poetic style, in its freedom from parallelisms in thought and

phrase, from inversions, archaisms, and the almost excessive wealth of

metaphor and epithet. In its early stages, there is apparent perhaps a

poverty of resource, a lack of flexibility; but this charge cannot be

sustained against the best prose of the later period. In the

translations from the Latin it shows a certain stiffness, and becomes

sometimes involved, in the too conscientious effort of the translator to

follow the classic original.

No attempt will be made here to notice, or even to name, all the large

number of literary works of the Anglo-Saxons. It must be sufficient to

examine briefly a few of the most important and characteristic

productions of this really remarkable and prolific movement.

The 'Song of Widsith, the Far Traveler,' is now generally conceded to

be, in part at least, the oldest existing Anglo-Saxon poem. We do not

know when it assumed its present form; but it is certain that it was

after the conversion of the Anglo-Saxons, since it has interpolations

from the Christian scribe. The poem seems to give evidence of being a

growth from an original song by a wandering scôp, or poet, who claims to

have visited the Gothic king Eormanric, "the grim violator of treaties,"

who died in 375 or 376. But other kings are mentioned who lived in the

first half of the sixth century. It is probable, then, that it was begun

in the fourth century, and having been added to by successive gleemen,

as it was transmitted orally, was finally completed in the earlier part

of the sixth. It was then carried over to England, and there first

written down in Northumbria. It possesses great interest because of its

antiquity, and because of the light it throws upon the life of the

professional singer in those ancient times among the Teutons. It has a

long list of kings and places, partly historical, partly mythical or not

identified. The poem, though narrative and descriptive, is also lyrical.

We find here the strain of elegiac sadness, of regretful retrospection,

so generally present in Anglo-Saxon poetry of lyric character, and

usually much more pronounced than in 'Widsith.'

'Beowulf' is, in many respects, the most important poetical monument of

the Anglo-Saxons. The poem is undoubtedly of heathen origin, and the

evidence that it was a gradual growth, the result of grouping several

distinct songs around one central figure, seems unmistakable. We may

trace it, in its earliest stages, to the ancient home of the Angles in

North Germany. It was transplanted to England in the migration of the

tribes, and was edited in the present form by some unknown Northumbrian

poet. When this occurred we do not know certainly, but there seems good

reason for assuming the end of the seventh or the beginning of the

eighth century as the time.

The poem is epic in cast and epic in proportion. Although, judged by the

Homeric standard, it falls short in many respects of the complete form,

yet it may without violence be called an epic. The central figure,

Beowulf, a nobly conceived hero, possessing immense strength,

unflinching courage, a never-swerving sense of honor, magnanimity, and

generosity, the friend and champion of the weak against evil however

terrible, is the element of unity in the whole poem. It is in itself a

great honor to the race that they were able to conceive as their ideal a

hero so superior in all that constitutes true nobility to the Greek

ideal, Achilles. It is true that the poem consists of two parts,

connected by little more than the fact that they have the same hero at

different times of life; that episodes are introduced that do not blend

perfectly into the unity of the poem; and that there is a lack of repose

and sometimes of lucidity. Yet there is a dignity and vigor, and a large

consistency in the treatment of the theme, that is epic. Ten Brink

says:--"The poet's intensity is not seldom imparted to the listener....

The portrayals of battles, although much less realistic than the Homeric

descriptions, are yet at times superior to them, in so far as the

demoniac rage of war elicits from the Germanic fancy a crowding

affluence of vigorous scenes hastily projected in glittering lights of

grim half gloom." In addition to its great poetic merit, 'Beowulf' is of

the greatest importance to us on account of the many fine pictures of

ancient Teutonic life it presents.

In the merest outline, the argument of 'Beowulf' is as

follows:--Hrothgar, King of the Gar-Danes, has built a splendid hall,

called Heorot. This is the scene of royal festivity until a monster from

the fen, Grendel, breaks into it by night and devours thirty of the

king's thanes. From that time the hall is desolate, for no one can cope

with Grendel, and Hrothgar is in despair. Beowulf, the noble hero of the

Geats, in Sweden, hears of the terrible calamity, and with fourteen

companions sails across the sea to undertake the adventure. Hrothgar

receives him joyfully, and after a splendid banquet gives Heorot into

his charge. During the following night, Beowulf is attacked by Grendel;

and after one of his companions has been slain, he tears out the arm of

the monster, who escapes, mortally hurt, to his fen. On the morrow all

is rejoicing; but when night falls, the monster's mother attacks Heorot,

and kills Hrothgar's favorite thane. The next day, Beowulf pursues her

to her den under the waters of the fen, and after a terrific combat

slays her. The hero returns home to Sweden laden with gifts. This ends

the main thread of the first incident. In the second incident, after an

interval of fifty years, we find Beowulf an old man. He has been for

many years king of the Geats. A fire-breathing dragon, the guardian of a

great treasure, is devastating the land. The heroic old king,

accompanied by a party of thanes, attacks the dragon. All the thanes

save one are cowardly; but the old hero, with the aid of the faithful

one, slays the dragon, not, however, till he is fatally injured. Then

follow his death and picturesque burial.

In this sketch, stirring episodes, graphic descriptions, and fine

effects are all sacrificed. The poem itself is a noble one and the

English people may well be proud of preserving in it the first epic

production of the Teutonic race.

The 'Fight at Finnsburg' is a fine fragment of epic cast. The Finn saga

is at least as old as the Beowulf poem, since the gleeman at Hrothgar's

banquet makes it his theme. From the fragment and the gleeman's song we

perceive that the situation here is much more complex than is usual in

Anglo-Saxon poems, and involves a tragic conflict of passion.

Hildeburh's brother is slain through the treachery of her husband, Finn;

her son, partaking of Finn's faithlessness, falls at the hands of her

brother's men; in a subsequent counterplot, her husband is slain.

Besides the extraordinary vigor of the narrative, the theme has special

interest in that a woman is really the central figure, though not

treated as a heroine.

A favorite theme in the older lyric poems is the complaint of some

wandering scôp, driven from his home by the exigencies of those perilous

times. Either the singer has been bereft of his patron by death, or he

has been supplanted in his favor by some successful rival; and he passes

in sorrowful review his former happiness, and contrasts it with his

present misery. The oldest of these lyrics are of pagan origin, though

usually with Christian additions.

In the 'Wanderer,' an unknown poet pictures the exile who has fled

across the sea from his home. He is utterly lonely. He must lock his

sorrow in his heart. In his dream he embraces and kisses his lord, and

lays his head upon his knee, as of old. He awakes, and sees nothing but

the gray sea, the snow and hail, and the birds dipping their wings in

the waves. And so he reflects: the world is full of care; we are all in

the hands of Fate. Then comes the Christian sentiment: happy is he who

seeks comfort with his Father in heaven, with whom alone all things

are enduring.

Another fine poem of this class, somewhat similar to the 'Wanderer,' is

the 'Seafarer.' It is, however, distinct in detail and treatment, and

has its own peculiar beauty. In the 'Fortunes of Men,' the poet treats

the uncertainty of all things earthly, from the point of view of the

parent forecasting the ill and the good the future may bring to his

sons. 'Deor's Lament' possesses a genuine lyrical quality of high order.

The singer has been displaced by a rival, and finds consolation in his

grief from reciting the woes that others have endured, and reflects in

each instance, "That was got over, and so this may be." Other poems on

other subjects might be noticed here; as 'The Husband's Message,' where

the love of husband for wife is the theme, and 'The Ruin,' which

contains reflections suggested by a ruined city.

It is a remarkable fact that only two of these poets are known to us by

name, Cædmon and Cynewulf. We find the story of the inspiration, work,

and death of Cædmon, the earlier of these, told in the pages of Bede.

The date of his birth is not given, but his death fell in 680. He was a

Northumbrian, and was connected in a lay capacity with the great

monastery of Whitby. He was uneducated, and not endowed in his earlier

life with the gift of song. One night, after he had fled in

mortification from a feast where all were required to improvise and

sing, he received, as he slept, the divine inspiration. The next day he

made known his new gift to the authorities of the monastery. After he

had triumphantly made good his claims, he was admitted to holy orders,

and began his work of paraphrasing into noble verse portions of the

Scriptures that were read to him. Of the body of poetry that comes down

to us under his name, we cannot be sure that any is his, unless we

except the short passage given here. It is certainly the work of

different poets, and varies in merit. The evidence seems conclusive that

he was a poet of high order, that his influence was very great, and that

many others wrote in his manner. The actors and the scenery of the

Cædmonian poetry are entirely Anglo-Saxon, only the names and the

outline of the narrative being biblical; and the spirit of battle that

breathes in some passages is the same that we find in the heathen epic.

Cynewulf was most probably a Northumbrian, though this is sometimes

questioned. The dates of his birth and death are unknown. It seems

established, however, that his work belongs to the eighth century. A

great deal of controversy has arisen over a number of poems that have

been ascribed to him and denied to him with equal persistency. But we

stand upon sure ground in regard to four poems, the 'Christ,' the 'Fates

of the Apostles,' 'Juliana,' and 'Elene'; for he has signed them in

runes. If the runic enigma in the first of the 'Riddles' has been

correctly interpreted, then they, or portions of them, are his also. But

about this there is much doubt. The 'Andreas' and the 'Dream of the

Rood' may be mentioned as being of exceptional interest among the poems

that are almost certainly his. In the latter, he tells, in a personal

strain, the story of the appearance to him of the holy cross, and of his

conversion and dedication of himself to the service of Christ. The

'Elene,' generally considered the finest of his poems, is the story of

the miraculous finding of the holy cross by St. Helena, the mother of

the Emperor Constantine. The poet has lent great charm to the tradition

in his treatment. The poem sounds a triumphant note throughout, till we

reach the epilogue, where the poet speaks in his own person and in a

sadder tone.

The quality of Cynewulf's poetry is unequal; but when he is at his best,

he is a great poet and a great artist. His personality appears in direct

subjective utterance more plainly than does that of any other

Anglo-Saxon poet.

While we must pass over many fine Anglo-Saxon poems without mention,

there are two that must receive some notice. 'Judith' is an epic based

upon the book of Judith in the 'Apocrypha.' Only about one-fourth of it

has survived. The author is still unknown, in spite of many intelligent

efforts to determine to whom the honor belongs. The dates assigned to it

vary from the seventh to the tenth century; here, too, uncertainty

prevails: but we are at least sure that it is one of the best of the

Anglo-Saxon poems. It has been said that this work shows a more definite

plan and more conscious art than any other Anglo-Saxon poem. Brooke

finds it sometimes conventional in the form of expression, and denies it

the highest rank for that reason. But he does not seem to sustain the

charge. The two principal characters, the dauntless Judith and the

brutal Holofernes, stand out with remarkable distinctness, and a fine

dramatic quality has been noted by several critics. The epithets and

metaphors, the description of the drunken debauch, and the swift,

powerful narrative of the battle and the rout of the Assyrians, are in

the best Anglo-Saxon epic strain. The poem is distinctly Christian; for

the Hebrew heroine, with a naïve anachronism, prays thus: "God of

Creation, Spirit of Consolation, Son of the Almighty, I pray for Thy

mercy to me, greatly in need of it. Glory of the Trinity."

'The Battle of Maldon' is a ballad, containing an account of a fight

between the Northmen and the East Saxons under the Aldorman, Byrhtnoth.

The incident is mentioned in one MS. of the Chronicle under the date of

991; in another, under the date of 993. The poem is exceedingly graphic.

The poet seems filled with intense feeling, and may have been a

spectator, or may indeed have taken part in the struggle. He tells how

the brave old Aldorman disdains to use the advantage of his position,

which bade fair to give him victory. Like a boy, he cannot take a dare,

but fatuously allows the enemy to begin the battle upon an equal footing

with his own men. He pays for his noble folly with his life and the

defeat of his army. The devotion of the Aldorman's hearth-companions,

who refuse to survive their lord, and with brave words meet their death,

is finely described. But not all are true; some, who have been

especially favored, ignobly flee. These are treated with the racial

contempt for cowards. The poem has survived in fragmentary form, and the

name of the poet is not known.

As distinguished from all poetical remains of such literature, the

surviving prose of the Anglo-Saxons, though extensive, and of the

greatest interest and value, is less varied in subject and manner than

their poetry. It admits of brief treatment. The earliest known specimens

of Anglo-Saxon prose writing have been already mentioned. These do not

constitute the beginning of a literature, yet, with the rest of the

extensive collection of Anglo-Saxon laws that has survived, they are of

the greatest importance to students. Earle quotes Dr. Reinhold Schmid as

saying, "No other Germanic nation has bequeathed to us out of its

earliest experience so rich a treasure of original legal documents as

the Anglo-Saxon nation has,"--only another instance of the precocity of

our ancestors.

To the West Saxons belongs nearly the whole of Anglo-Saxon prose.

Whatever may have existed in Northumbria perished in the inroads of the

Northmen, except such parts as may have been incorporated in West Saxon

writings. It will be remembered, however, that the great Northumbrian

prose writers had held to the Latin as their medium. The West Saxon

prose literature may be said to begin in Alfred's reign.

The most important production that we have to consider is the famous

Anglo-Saxon 'Chronicle.' It covers with more or less completeness the

period from 449 to 1154. This was supplemented by fanciful genealogies

leading back to Woden, or even to Adam. It is not known when the

practice of jotting down in the native speech notices of contemporary

events began, but probably in very early times. It is believed, however,

that no intelligent effort to collect and present them with order and

system was made until the middle of the ninth century. In the oldest of

the seven MSS. in which it has come down to us, we have the 'Chronicle'

to 891, as it was written down in Alfred's time and probably under his

supervision.

The meagreness of the earliest entries and the crudeness of the

language, together with occasional picturesque force, indicate that many

of them were drawn from current song or tradition. The style and

fullness of the entries differ greatly throughout, as might be expected,

since the 'Chronicle' is the work of so many hands. From mere bare

notices they vary to strong, full narrative and description. Indeed, the

'Chronicle' contains some of the most effective prose produced by the

Anglo-Saxons; and in one instance, under the date 937, the annalist

describes the battle of Brunanburh in a poem of considerable merit. But

we know the name of no single contributor.

This 'Chronicle' is the oldest and most important work of the kind

produced outside of the classical languages in Europe. It is meagre in

places, and its entire trustworthiness has been questioned. But it and

Bede's 'Ecclesiastical History,' supplemented by other Anglo-Saxon

writings, constitute the basis of early English history; and this fact

alone entitles it to the highest rank in importance among ancient

documents.

A large body of Anglo-Saxon prose, nearly all of it translation or

adaptation of Latin works, has come down to us under the name of King

Alfred. A peculiar interest attaches to these works. They belong to a

period when the history of England depended more than at any other time

upon the ability and devotion of one man; and that man, the most heroic

and the greatest of English kings, was himself the author of them.

When Alfred became king, in 871, his throne seemed tottering to its

fall. Practically all the rest of England was at the feet of the

ruthless Northmen, and soon Alfred himself was little better than a

fugitive. But by his military skill, which was successful if not

brilliant, and by his never-wavering devotion and English persistency,

he at last freed the southern part of the island from his merciless and

treacherous enemies, and laid the firm foundation of West Saxon

supremacy. If Alfred had failed in any respect to be the great king that

he was, English history would have been changed for all time.

Although Alfred had saved his kingdom, yet it was a kingdom almost in

ruins. The hopeful advance of culture had been entirely arrested. The

great centres of learning had been utterly destroyed in the north, and

little remained intact in the south. And even worse than this was the

demoralization of all classes, and an indisposition to renewed effort.

There was, moreover, a great scarcity of books.

Alfred showed himself as great in peace as in war, and at once set to

work to meet all those difficulties. To supply the books that were so

urgently needed, he found time in the midst of his perplexing cares to

translate from the Latin into the native speech such works as he

thought would supply the most pressing want. This was the more necessary

from the prevailing ignorance of Latin. It is likely that portions of

the works that go under his name were produced under his supervision by

carefully selected co-workers. But it is certain that in a large part of

them we may see the work of the great Alfred's own hand.

He has used his own judgment in these translations, omitting whatever he

did not think would be immediately helpful to his people, and making

such additions as he thought might be of advantage. Just these additions

have the greatest interest for us. He translated, for instance,

Orosius's 'History'; a work in itself of inferior worth, but as an

attempt at a universal history from the Christian point of view, he

thought it best suited to the needs of his people. The Anglo-Saxon

version contains most interesting additions of original matter by

Alfred. They consist of accounts of the voyages of Ohtere, a Norwegian,

who was the first, so far as we know, to sail around the North Cape and

into the White Sea, and of Wulfstan, who explored parts of the coast of

the Baltic. These narratives give us our first definite information

about the lands and people of these regions, and appear to have been

taken down by the king directly as related by the explorers. Alfred

added to this 'History' also a description of Central Europe, which

Morley calls "the only authentic record of the Germanic nations written

by a contemporary so early as the ninth century."

In Gregory's 'Pastoral Care' we have Alfred's closest translation. It is

a presentation of "the ideal Christian pastor" (Ten Brink), and was

intended for the benefit of the lax Anglo-Saxon priests. Perhaps the

work that appealed most strongly to Alfred himself was Boethius's

'Consolations of Philosophy'; and in his full translation and adaptation

of this book we see the hand and the heart of the good king. We shall

mention one other work of Alfred's, his translation of the already

frequently mentioned 'Historia Ecclesiastica Anglorum' of the Venerable

Bede. This great work Alfred, with good reason, considered to be of the

greatest possible value to his people; and the king has given it

additional value for us.

Alfred was not a great scholar. The wonder is that, in the troublous

times of his youth, he had learned even the rudiments. The language in

his translations, however, though not infrequently affected for the

worse by the Latin idiom of the original, is in the main free from

ornament of any kind, simple and direct, and reflects in its sincerity

the noble character of the great king.

The period between the death of Alfred (901) and the end of the tenth

century was deficient in works of literary value, except an entry here

and there in the 'Chronicle.' "Alfric's is the last great name in the

story of our literature before the Conquest," says Henry Morley. He

began writing about the end of the tenth century, and we do not know

when his work and his life ended. This gentle priest, as he appears to

us through his writings, following Alfred's example, wrote not from

personal ambition, but for the betterment of his fellow-men. His style

is eminently lucid, fluent, forcible, and of graceful finish. Earle

observes of it:--"The English of these Homilies is splendid; indeed, we

may confidently say that here English appears fully qualified to be the

medium of the highest learning." This is high praise, and should be well

considered by those disposed to consider the Anglo-Saxon as a rude

tongue, incapable of great development in itself, and only enabled by

the Norman infusion to give expression to a deep and broad culture.

Alfric's works in Anglo-Saxon--for he wrote also in Latin--were very

numerous, embracing two series of homilies, theological writings of many

kinds, translations of portions of the Bible, an English (Anglo-Saxon)

grammar, adapted from a Latin work, a Latin dictionary, and many other

things of great use in their day and of great interest in ours.

The names of other writers and of other single works might well be added

here. But enough has been said, perhaps, to show that a great and

hopeful development of prose took place among the West Saxons. It must

be admitted that the last years of the Anglo-Saxon nationality before

the coming of the Normans show a decline in literary productiveness of a

high order. The causes of this are to be found chiefly in the political

and ecclesiastical history of the time. Wars with the Northmen, internal

dissensions, religious controversies, the greater cultivation of Latin

by the priesthood, all contributed to it. But hopeful signs of a new

revival were not wanting. The language had steadily developed with the

enlightenment of the people, and was fast becoming fit to meet any

demands that might be made upon it, when the great catastrophe of the

Norman Conquest came, and with it practically the end of the historical

and distinctive Anglo-Saxon literature.

[Illustration: Signature: "Robert Sharp"]

FROM 'BEOWULF'

[The Spear-Danes intrust the dead body of King Scyld to the sea, in a

splendidly adorned ship. He had come to them mysteriously, alone in a ship,

when an infant.]

At the hour that was fated

Scyld then departed to the All-Father's keeping

War-like to wend him; away then they bare him

To the flood of the current, his fond-loving comrades.

As himself he had bidden, while the friend of the Scyldings

Word-sway wielded, and the well-lovèd land prince

Long did rule them. The ring-stemmèd vessel,

Bark of the atheling, lay there at anchor,

Icy in glimmer and eager for sailing;

The beloved leader laid they down there,

Giver of rings, on the breast of the vessel,

The famed by the mainmast. A many of jewels,

Of fretted embossings, from far-lands brought over,

Was placed near at hand then; and heard I not ever

That a folk ever furnished a float more superbly

With weapons of warfare, weeds for the battle,

Bills and burnies; on his bosom sparkled

Many a jewel that with him must travel

On the flush of the flood afar on the current.

And favors no fewer they furnished him soothly,

Excellent folk-gems, than others had given him

Lone on the main, the merest of infants:

And a gold-fashioned standard they stretched under heaven

High o'er his head, let the holm-currents bear him,

Seaward consigned him: sad was their spirit,

Their mood very mournful. Men are not able

Soothly to tell us, they in halls who reside,

Heroes under heaven, to what haven he hied.

They guard the wolf-coverts,

Lands inaccessible, wind-beaten nesses,

Fearfullest fen-deeps, where a flood from the mountains

'Neath mists of the nesses netherward rattles,

The stream under earth: not far is it henceward

Measured by mile-lengths the mere-water standeth,

Which forests hang over, with frost-whiting covered,

A firm-rooted forest, the floods overshadow.

There ever at night one an ill-meaning portent,

A fire-flood may see; 'mong children of men

None liveth so wise that wot of the bottom;

Though harassed by hounds the heath-stepper seek for,

Fly to the forest, firm-antlered he-deer,

Spurred from afar, his spirit he yieldeth,

His life on the shore, ere in he will venture

To cover his head. Uncanny the place is:

Thence upward ascendeth the surging of waters,

Wan to the welkin, when the wind is stirring

The weather unpleasing, till the air groweth gloomy,

Then the heavens lower.

[Beowulf has plunged into the water of the mere in pursuit of Grendel's

mother, and is a whole day in reaching the bottom. He is seized by the

monster and carried to her cavern, where the combat ensues.]

The earl then discovered he was down in some cavern

Where no water whatever anywise harmed him,

And the clutch of the current could come not anear him,

Since the roofed-hall prevented; brightness a-gleaming,

Fire-light he saw, flashing resplendent.

The good one saw then the sea-bottom's monster,

The mighty mere-woman: he made a great onset

With weapon-of-battle; his hand not desisted

From striking; the war-blade struck on her head then

A battle-song greedy. The stranger perceived then

The sword would not bite, her life would not injure,

But the falchion failed the folk-prince when straitened:

Erst had it often onsets encountered,

Oft cloven the helmet, the fated one's armor;

'Twas the first time that ever the excellent jewel

Had failed of its fame. Firm-mooded after,

Not heedless of valor, but mindful of glory

Was Higelac's kinsman; the hero-chief angry

Cast then his carved-sword covered with jewels

That it lay on the earth, hard and steel-pointed;

He hoped in his strength, his hand-grapple sturdy.

So any must act whenever he thinketh

To gain him in battle glory unending,

And is reckless of living. The lord of the War-Geats

(He shrank not from battle) seized by the shoulder

The mother of Grendel; then mighty in struggle

Swung he his enemy, since his anger was kindled,

That she fell to the floor. With furious grapple

She gave him requital early thereafter,

And stretched out to grab him; the strongest of warriors

Faint-mooded stumbled, till he fell in his traces,

Foot-going champion. Then she sat on the hall-guest

And wielded her war-knife wide-bladed, flashing,

For her son would take vengeance, her one only bairn,

His breast-armor woven bode on his shoulder;

It guarded his life, the entrance defended

'Gainst sword-point and edges. Ecgtheow's son there

Had fatally journeyed, champion of Geatmen,

In the arms of the ocean, had the armor not given,

Close-woven corselet, comfort and succor,

And had God Most Holy not awarded the victory,

All-knowing lord; easily did heaven's

Ruler most righteous arrange it with justice;

Uprose he erect ready for battle.

Then he saw 'mid the war-gems a weapon of victory,

An ancient giant-sword, of edges a-doughty,

Glory of warriors: of weapons 'twas choicest,

Only 'twas larger than any man else was

Able to bear to the battle-encounter,

The good and splendid work of the giants.

He grasped then the sword-hilt, knight of the Scyldings,

Bold and battle-grim, brandished his ring-sword.

Hopeless of living, hotly he smote her,

That the fiend-woman's neck firmly it grappled,

Broke through her bone-joints, the bill fully pierced her

Fate-cursed body, she fell to the ground then:

The hand-sword was bloody, the hero exulted.

[Fifty years have elapsed. The aged Beowulf has died from the injuries

received in his struggle with the Fire Drake. His body is burned, and a

barrow erected.]

A folk of the Geatmen got him then ready

A pile on the earth strong for the burning,

Behung with helmets, hero-knight's targets,

And bright-shining burnies, as he begged they should have them;

Then wailing war-heroes their world-famous chieftain,

Their liege-lord beloved, laid in the middle.

Soldiers began then to make on the barrow

The largest of dead fires: dark o'er the vapor

The smoke cloud ascended; the sad-roaring fire,

Mingled with weeping (the-wind-roar subsided)

Till the building of bone it had broken to pieces,

Hot in the heart. Heavy in spirit

They mood-sad lamented the men-leader's ruin....

The men of the Weders made accordingly

A hill on the height, high and extensive,

Of sea-going sailors to be seen from a distance,

And the brave one's beacon built where the fire was,

In ten days' space, with a wall surrounded it,

As wisest of world-folk could most worthily plan it.

They placed in the barrow rings and jewels,

All such ornaments as erst in the treasure

War-mooded men had won in possession:

The earnings of earlmen to earth they intrusted,

The gold to the dust, where yet it remaineth

As useless to mortals as in foregoing eras.

'Round the dead-mound rode then the doughty-in-battle,

Bairns of all twelve of the chiefs of the people,

More would they mourn, lament for their ruler,

Speak in measure, mention him with pleasure;

Weighed his worth, and his warlike achievements

Mightily commended, as 'tis meet one praise his

Liege lord in words and love him in spirit,

When forth from his body he fares to destruction.

So lamented mourning the men of the Geats,

Fond loving vassals, the fall of their lord,

Said he was gentlest of kings under heaven,

Mildest of men and most philanthropic,

Friendliest to folk-troops and fondest of honor.

By permission of John Leslie Hall, the Translator, and D.C. Heath & Co.,

Publishers.

DEOR'S LAMENT

Wayland often wandered in exile,

doughty earl, ills endur'd,

had for comrades care and longing,

winter-cold wandering; woe oft found

since Nithhad brought such need upon him,--

laming wound on a lordlier man.

That pass'd over,--and this may, too!

In Beadohild's breast, her brothers' death

wrought no such ill as her own disgrace,

when she had openly understood

her maidhood vanished; she might no wise

think how the case could thrive at all.

That pass'd over,--and this may, too!

We have heard enough of Hild's disgrace;

heroes of Geat were homeless made,

and sorrow stole their sleep away.

That pass'd over,--and this may, too!

Theodoric held for thirty winters

Mæring's burg, as many have known.

That pass'd over,--and this may, too!

We have also heard of Ermanric's

wolfish mind; wide was his sway

o'er the Gothic race,--a ruler grim.

Sat many a man in misery bound,

waited but woe, and wish'd amain

that ruin might fall on the royal house.

That pass'd over,--and this may, too!

Sitteth one sighing, sunder'd from happiness;

all's dark within him; he deems forsooth

that his share of evils shall endless be.

Let such bethink him that thro' this world

mighty God sends many changes:

to earls a plenty honor he shows,

ease and bliss; to others, sorrow.

Now I will say of myself, and how

I was singer once to the sons of Heoden,

dear to my master, and Deor was my name.

Long were the winters my lord was kind,

happy my lot,--till Heorrenda now

by grace of singing has gained the land

which the "haven of heroes" erewhile gave me.

That pass'd over,--and this may, too!

Translation of F.B. Gummere in the Atlantic Monthly, February, 1891: by

permission of Houghton, Mifflin and Company.

FROM 'THE WANDERER'

Oft-times the Wanderer waiteth God's mercy,

Sad and disconsolate though he may be,

Far o'er the watery track must he travel,

Long must he row o'er the rime-crusted sea--

Plod his lone exile-path--Fate is severe.

Mindful of slaughter, his kinsman friends' death,

Mindful of hardships, the wanderer saith:--

Oft must I lonely, when dawn doth appear,

Wail o'er my sorrow--since living is none

Whom I may whisper my heart's undertone.

Know I full well that in man it is noble

Fast in his bosom his sorrow to bind.

Weary at heart, yet his Fate is unyielding--

Help cometh not to his suffering mind.

Therefore do those who are thirsting for glory

Bind in their bosom each pain's biting smart.

Thus must I often, afar from my kinsmen,

Fasten in fetters my home-banished heart.

Now since the day when my dear prince departed

Wrapped in the gloom of his dark earthen grave,

I, a poor exile, have wandered in winter

Over the flood of the foam-frozen wave,

Seeking, sad-hearted, some giver of treasure,

Some one to cherish me friendless--some chief

Able to guide me with wisdom of counsel,

Willing to greet me and comfort my grief.

He who hath tried it, and he alone, knoweth

How harsh a comrade is comfortless Care

Unto the man who hath no dear protector,

Gold wrought with fingers nor treasure so fair.

Chill is his heart as he roameth in exile--

Thinketh of banquets his boyhood saw spread;

Friends and companions partook of his pleasures--

Knoweth he well that all friendless and lordless

Sorrow awaits him a long bitter while;--

Yet, when the spirits of Sorrow and Slumber

Fasten with fetters the orphaned exile,

Seemeth him then that he seeth in spirit,

Meeteth and greeteth his master once more,

Layeth his head on his lord's loving bosom,

Just as he did in the dear days of yore.

But he awaketh, forsaken and friendless,

Seeth before him the black billows rise,

Seabirds are bathing and spreading their feathers,

Hailsnow and hoar-frost are hiding the skies.

Then in his heart the more heavily wounded,

Longeth full sore for his loved one, his own,

Sad is the mind that remembereth kinsmen,

Greeting with gladness the days that are gone.

Seemeth him then on the waves of the ocean

Comrades are swimming,--well-nigh within reach,--

Yet from the spiritless lips of the swimmers

Cometh familiar no welcoming speech.

So is his sorrow renewed and made sharper

When the sad exile so often must send

Thoughts of his suffering spirit to wander

Wide o'er the waves where the rough billows blend.

So, lest the thought of my mind should be clouded,

Close must I prison my sadness of heart,

When I remember my bold comrade-kinsmen,

How from the mede-hall I saw them depart.

Thus is the earth with its splendor departing--

Day after day it is passing away,

Nor may a mortal have much of true wisdom

Till his world-life numbers many a day.

He who is wise, then, must learn to be patient--

Not too hot-hearted, too hasty of speech,

Neither too weak nor too bold in the battle,

Fearful, nor joyous, nor greedy to reach,

Neither too ready to boast till he knoweth--

Man must abide, when he vaunted his pride,

Till strong of mind he hath surely determined

Whether his purpose can be turned aside.

Surely the wise man may see like the desert

How the whole wealth of the world lieth waste,

How through the earth the lone walls are still standing,

Blown by the wind and despoiled and defaced.

Covered with frost, the proud dwellings are ruined,

Crumbled the wine-halls--the king lieth low,

Robbed of his pride--and his troop have all fallen

Proud by the wall--some, the spoil of the foe,

War took away--and some the fierce sea-fowl

Over the ocean--and some the wolf gray

Tore after death--and yet others the hero

Sad-faced has laid in earth-caverns away.

Thus at his will the eternal Creator

Famished the fields of the earth's ample fold--

Until her dwellers abandoned their feast-boards.

Void stood the work of the giants of old.

One who was viewing full wisely this wall-place,

Pondering deeply his dark, dreary life.

Spake then as follows, his past thus reviewing,

Years full of slaughter and struggle and strife:--

"Wither, alas, have my horses been carried?

Whither, alas, are my kinspeople gone?

Where is my giver of treasure and feasting?

Where are the joys of the hall I have known?

Ah, the bright cup--and the corseleted warrior--

Ah, the bright joy of a king's happy lot!

How the glad time has forever departed,

Swallowed in darkness, as though it were not!

Standeth, instead of the troop of young warriors,

Stained with the bodies of dragons, a wall--

The men were cut down in their pride by the spearpoints--

Blood-greedy weapons--but noble their fall.

Earth is enwrapped in the lowering tempest,

Fierce on the stone-cliff the storm rushes forth,

Cold winter-terror, the night shade is dark'ning,

Hail-storms are laden with death from the north.

All full of hardships is earthly existence--

Here the decrees of the Fates have their sway--

Fleeting is treasure and fleeting is friendship--

Here man is transient, here friends pass away.

Earth's widely stretching, extensive domain,

Desolate all--empty, idle, and vain."

In 'Modern Language Notes': Translation of W.R. Sims.

THE SEAFARER

Sooth the song that I of myself can sing,

Telling of my travels; how in troublous days,

Hours of hardship oft I've borne!

With a bitter breast-care I have been abiding;

Many seats of sorrow in my ship have known!

Frightful was the whirl of waves when it was my part

Narrow watch at night to keep on my Vessel's prow

When it rushed the rocks along. By the rigid cold

Fast my feet were pinched, fettered by the frost,

By the chains of cold. Care was sighing then

Hot my heart around; hunger rent to shreds

Courage in me, me sea-wearied! This the man knows not,

He to whom it happens, happiest on earth,

How I, carked with care, in the ice-cold sea,

Overwent the winter on my wander-ways,

All forlorn of happiness, all bereft of loving kinsmen,

Hung about with icicles; flew the hail in showers.

Nothing heard I there save the howling of the sea,

And the ice-chilled billow, 'whiles the crying of the swan.

All the glee I got me was the gannet's scream,

And the swoughing of the seal, 'stead of mirth of men;

'Stead of the mead-drinking, moaning of the sea-mew.

There the storms smote on the crags, there the swallow of the sea

Answered to them, icy-plumed; and that answer oft the earn--

Wet his wings were--barked aloud.

None of all my kinsmen

Could this sorrow-laden soul stir to any joy.

Little then does he believe who life's pleasure owns,

While he tarries in the towns, and but trifling ills,

Proud and insolent with wine--how out-wearied I

Often must outstay on the ocean path!

Sombre grew the shade of night, and it snowed from northward,

Frost the field enchained, fell the hail on earth,

Coldest of all grains.

Wherefore now then crash together

Thoughts my soul within that I should myself adventure

The high streamings of the sea, and the sport of the salt waves!

For a passion of the mind every moment pricks me on

All my life to set a faring; so that far from hence,

I may seek the shore of the strange outlanders.

Yes, so haughty of his heart is no hero on the earth,

Nor so good in all his giving, nor so generous in youth,

Nor so daring in his deed, nor so dear unto his lord,

That he has not always yearning unto his sea-faring,

To whatever work his Lord may have will to make for him.

For the harp he has no heart, nor for having of the rings,

Nor in woman is his weal, in the world he's no delight,

Nor in anything whatever save the tossing o'er the waves!

Oh, forever he has longing who is urged towards the sea.

Trees rebloom with blossoms, burghs are fair again,

Winsome are the wide plains, and the world is gay--

All doth only challenge the impassioned heart

Of his courage to the voyage, whosoever thus bethinks him,

O'er the ocean billows, far away to go.

Every cuckoo calls a warning, with his chant of sorrow!

Sings the summer's watchman, sorrow is he boding,

Bitter in the bosom's hoard. This the brave man wots not of,

Not the warrior rich in welfare--what the wanderer endures,

Who his paths of banishment, widest places on the sea.

For behold, my thought hovers now above my heart;

O'er the surging flood of sea now my spirit flies,

O'er the homeland of the whale--hovers then afar

O'er the foldings of the earth! Now again it flies to me

Full of yearning, greedy! Yells that lonely flier;

Whets upon the Whale-way irresistibly my heart,

O'er the storming of the seas!

Translation of Stopford Brooke.

THE FORTUNES OF MEN

Full often it falls out, by fortune from God,

That a man and a maiden may marry in this world,

Find cheer in the child whom they cherish and care for,

Tenderly tend it, until the time comes,

Beyond the first years, when the young limbs increasing

Grown firm with life's fullness, are formed for their work.

Fond father and mother so guide it and feed it,

Give gifts to it, clothe it: God only can know

What lot to its latter days life has to bring.

To some that make music in life's morning hour

Pining days are appointed of plaint at the close.

One the wild wolf shall eat, hoary haunter of wastes:

His mother shall mourn the small strength of a man.

One shall sharp hunger slay; one shall the storm beat down;

One be destroyed by darts, one die in war.

One shall live losing the light of his eyes,

Feel blindly with fingers; and one, lame of foot,

With sinew-wound wearily wasteth away,

Musing and mourning, with death in his mind.

One, failing feathers, shall fall from the height

Of the tall forest tree; yet he trips as though flying,

Plays proudly in air till he reaches the point

Where the woodgrowth is weak; life then whirls in his brain,

Bereft of his reason he sinks to the root,

Falls flat on the ground, his life fleeting away.

Afoot on the far-ways, his food in his hand,

One shall go grieving, and great be his need,

Press dew on the paths of the perilous lands

Where the stranger may strike, where live none to sustain.

All shun the desolate for being sad.

One the great gallows shall have in its grasp,

Stained in dark agony, till the soul's stay,

The bone-house, is bloodily all broken up;

When the harsh raven hacks eyes from the head,

The sallow-coated, slits the soulless man.

Nor can he shield from shame, scare with his hands,

Off from their eager feast prowlers of air.

Lost is his life to him, left is no breath,

Bleached on the gallows-beam bides he his doom;

Cold death-mists close round him called the Accursed.

* * * * *

One shall die by the dagger, in wrath, drenched with ale,

Wild through wine, on the mead bench, too swift with his words;

Through the hand that brings beer, through the gay boon companion,

His mouth has no measure, his mood no restraint;

Too lightly his life shall the wretched one lose,

Undergo the great ill, be left empty of joy.

When they speak of him slain by the sweetness of mead,

His comrades shall call him one killed by himself.

* * * * *

Some have good hap, and some hard days of toil;

Some glad glow of youth, and some glory in war,

Strength in the strife; some sling the stone, some shoot.

* * * * *

One shall handle the harp, at the feet of his hero

Sit and win wealth from the will of his Lord;

Still quickly contriving the throb of the cords,

The nail nimbly makes music, awakes a glad noise,

While the heart of the harper throbs, hurried by zeal.

Translation of Henry Morley.

FROM 'JUDITH'

[The Assyrian officers, obeying the commands of Holofernes, come to the

carouse.]

They then at the feast proceeded to sit,

The proud to the wine-drinking, all his comrades-in-ill,

Bold mailèd-warriors. There were lofty beakers

Oft borne along the benches, also were cups and flagons

Full to the hall-sitters borne. The fated partook of them,

Brave warriors-with-shields, though the mighty weened not of it,

Awful lord of earls. Then was Holofernes,

Gold-friend of men, full of wine-joy:

He laughed and clamored, shouted and dinned,

That children of men from afar might hear

How the strong-minded both stormed and yelled,

Moody and mead-drunken, often admonished

The sitters-on-benches to bear themselves well.

Thus did the hateful one during all day

His liege-men loyal keep plying with wine,

Stout-hearted giver of treasure, until they lay in a swoon.

[Holofernes has been slain by Judith. The Hebrews, encouraged by her,

surprise the drunken and sleeping Assyrians.]

Then the band of the brave was quickly prepared,

Of the bold for battle; stepped out the valiant

Men and comrades, bore their banners,

Went forth to fight straight on their way

The heroes 'neath helmets from the holy city

At the dawn itself; shields made a din,

Loudly resounded. Thereat laughed the lank

Wolf in the wood, and the raven wan,

Fowl greedy for slaughter: both of them knew

That for them the warriors thought to provide

Their fill on the fated; and flew on their track

The dewy-winged eagle eager for prey,

The dusky-coated sang his war-song,

The crooked-beaked. Stepped forth the warriors,

The heroes for battle with boards protected,

With hollow shields, who awhile before

The foreign-folk's reproach endured,

The heathens' scorn; fiercely was that

At the ash-spear's play to them all repaid,

All the Assyrians, after the Hebrews

Under their banners had boldly advanced

To the army-camps. They bravely then

Forthright let fly showers of arrows,

Of battle-adders, out from the horn-bows,

Of strongly-made shafts; stormed they aloud,

The cruel warriors, sent forth their spears

Among the brave; the heroes were angry,

The dwellers-in-land, with the loathed race;

The stern-minded stepped, the stout-in-heart,

Rudely awakened their ancient foes

Weary from mead; with hands drew forth

The men from the sheaths the brightly-marked swords

Most choice in their edges, eagerly struck

Of the host of Assyrians the battle-warriors,

The hostile-minded; not one they spared

Of the army-folk, nor low nor high

Of living men, whom they might subdue.

By consent of Ginn & Co. Translation of Garnett.

THE FIGHT AT MALDON

[The Anglo-Saxons under Byrhtnoth are drawn up on one side of Panta

stream, the Northmen on the other. The herald of the Northmen demands

tribute. Byrhtnoth replies.]

Then stood on the stathe, stoutly did call,

The wikings' herald, with words he spake,

Who boastfully bore from the brine-farers

An errand to th' earl, where he stood on the shore:--

"To thee me did send the seamen snell,

Bade to thee say, thou must send to them quickly

Bracelets for safety; and 'tis better for you

That ye this spear-rush with tribute buy off

Than we in so fierce a fight engage.

We need not each spill, if ye speed to this:

We will for the pay a peace confirm.

If thou that redest, who art highest in rank,

If thou to the seamen at their own pleasure

Money for peace, and take peace from us,

We will with the treasure betake us to ship,

Fare on the flood, and peace with you confirm."

Byrhtnoth replied, his buckler uplifted,

Waved his slim spear, with words he spake,

Angry and firm gave answer to him:--

"Hear'st thou, seafarer, what saith this folk?

They will for tribute spear-shafts you pay,

Poisonous points and trusty swords,

Those weapons that you in battle avail not.

Herald of seamen, hark back again,

Say to thy people much sadder words:--

Here stands not unknown an earl with his band,

Who will defend this fatherland,

Æthelred's home, mine own liege lord's,

His folk and field; ye're fated to fall,

Ye heathen, in battle. Too base it me seems

That ye with our scats to ship may go

Unfought against, so far ye now hither

Into our country have come within;

Ye shall not so gently treasure obtain;

Shall spear and sword sooner beseem us,

Grim battle-play, ere tribute we give."

[The Northmen, unable to force a passage, ask to be allowed to cross and

fight it out on an equal footing. Byrhtnoth allows this.]

"Now room is allowed you, come quickly to us,

Warriors to war; wot God alone

Who this battle-field may be able to keep."

Waded the war-wolves, for water they recked not,

The wikings' band west over Panta,

O'er the clear water carried their shields,

Boatmen to bank their bucklers bore.

There facing their foes ready were standing

Byrhtnoth with warriors: with shields he bade

The war-hedgel work, and the war-band hold

Fast 'gainst the foes. Then fight was nigh,

Glory in battle; the time was come

That fated men should there now fall.

Then outcry was raised, the ravens circled,

Eagle eager for prey; on earth was uproar.

Then they let from their fists the file-hardened spears,

The darts well-ground, fiercely fly forth:

The bows were busy, board point received,

Bitter the battle-rush, warriors fell down,

On either hand the youths lay dead.

By consent of Ginn & Co. Translation of Garnett.

CAEDMON'S INSPIRATION

He [Cædmon] had remained in the secular life until the time when he was

of advanced age, and he had never learned any song. For that reason

oftentimes, when it was decided at a feasting that all should sing in

turn to the accompaniment of the harp for the sake of entertainment, he

would arise for shame from the banquet when he saw the harp approaching

him, and would go home to his house. When he on a certain occasion had

done this, and had left the house of feasting, and had gone to the

stable of the cattle, which had been intrusted to his care for that

night; and when he there, after a reasonable time, had arranged his

limbs for rest, he fell asleep. And a man stood by him in a dream, and

hailed him, and greeted him, and called him by name, and said: "Cædmon,

sing something for me." Then he answered and said: "I cannot sing; I

went out from the feast and came hither because I could not sing." Again

said the one who was speaking with him: "Nevertheless, thou canst sing

for me." Said Cædmon, "What shall I sing?" Said he, "Sing to me of

creation."

When Cædmon received this answer, then began he soon to sing in

glorification of God the Creator, verses and words that he had never

before heard.

* * * * *

Then he arose from sleep and he had fast in his memory all those things

he had sung in his sleep; and to these words he soon added many other

words of song of the same measure, worthy for God.

Then came he in the morning to the town-reeve, who was his aldorman, and

told him of the gift he had received. And the reeve soon led him to the

abbess, and made that known to her and told her. Then bade she assemble

all the very learned men, and the learners, and bade him tell the dream

in their presence, and sing the song, so that by the judgment of them

all it might be determined what it was, and whence it had come. Then it

was seen by them all, just as it was, that the heavenly gift had been

given him by the Lord himself.

Alfred's 'Bede': Translation of Robert Sharp.

FROM THE 'CHRONICLE'

Selection from the entry for the year 897

Then Alfred, the King, ordered long ships built to oppose the war-ships

of the enemy. They were very nearly twice as long as the others; some

had sixty oars, some more. They were both swifter and steadier, and also

higher than the others; they were shaped neither on the Frisian model

nor on the Danish, but as it seemed to King Alfred that they would be

most useful.

Then, at a certain time in that year, came six hostile ships to Wight,

and did much damage, both in Devon and elsewhere on the seaboard. Then

the King ordered that nine of the new ships should proceed thither. And

his ships blockaded the mouth of the passage on the outer-sea against

the enemy. Then the Danes came out with three ships against the King's

ships; but three of the Danish ships lay above the mouth, high and dry

aground; and the men were gone off upon the shore. Then the King's men

took two of the three ships outside, at the mouth, and slew the crews;

but one ship escaped. On this one all the men were slain except five;

these escaped because the King's ship got aground. They were aground,

moreover, very inconveniently, since three were situated upon the same

side of the channel with the three stranded Danish ships, and all the

others were upon the other side, so that there could be no communication

between the two divisions. But when the water had ebbed many furlongs

from the ships, then went the Danes from their three ships to the King's

three ships that had been left dry upon the same side by the ebbing of

the tide, and they fought together there. Then were slain Lucumon, the

King's Reeve, Wulfheard the Frisian, and Æbbe the Frisian, and Æthelhere

the Frisian, and Æthelferth the King's companion, and of all the men

Frisians and English, sixty-two; and of the Danes, one hundred

and twenty.

But the flood came to the Danish ships before the Christians could shove

theirs out, and for that reason the Danes rowed off. They were,

nevertheless, so grievously wounded that they could not row around the

land of the South Saxons, and the sea cast up there two of the ships

upon the shore. And the men from them were led to Winchester to the

King, and he commanded them to be hanged there. But the men who were in

the remaining ship came to East Anglia, sorely wounded.

Translation of Robert Sharp.

GABRIELE D'ANNUNZIO

(1864-)

An Italian poet and novelist of early promise, who has become a somewhat

unique figure in contemporary literature, Gabriele d'Annunzio is a

native of the Abruzzi, born in the little village of Pescara, on the

Adriatic coast. Its picturesque scenery has formed the background for

more than one of his stories. At the age of fifteen, while still a

student at Prato, he published his first volume of poems, 'Intermezzo di

Rime' (Interludes of Verse): "grand, plastic verse, of an impeccable

prosody," as he maintained in their defense, but so daringly erotic that

their appearance created no small scandal. Other poems followed at

intervals, notably 'Il Canto Nuovo' (The New Song: Rome, 1882), 'Isotteo

e la Chimera' (Isotteo and the Chimera: Rome, 1890), 'Poema Paradisiaco'

and 'Odi Navali' (Marine Odes: Milan, 1893), which leave no doubt of his

high rank as poet. The novel, however, is his chosen vehicle of

expression, and the one which gives fullest scope to his rich and

versatile genius. His first long story, 'Il Piacere' (Pleasure),

appeared in 1889. As the title implies, it was pervaded with a frank,

almost complacent sensuality, which its author has since been inclined

to deprecate. Nevertheless, the book received merited praise for its

subtle portrayal of character and incident, and its exuberance of

phraseology; and more than all, for the promise which it suggested. With

the publication of 'L'Innocente,' the author for the first time showed a

real seriousness of purpose. His views of life had meanwhile essentially

altered:--"As was just," he confessed, "I began to pay for my errors, my

disorders, my excesses: I began to suffer with the same intensity with

which I had formerly enjoyed myself; sorrow had made of me a new man."

Accordingly his later books, while still emphatically realistic, are

chastened by an underlying tone of pessimism. Passion is no longer the

keynote of life, but rather, as exemplified in 'Il Trionfo della Morte,'

the prelude of death. Leaving Rome, where, "like the outpouring of the

sewers, a flood of base desires invaded every square and cross-road,

ever more putrid and more swollen," D'Annunzio retired to

Francovilla-al-Mare, a few miles from his birthplace. There he lives in

seclusion, esteemed by the simple-minded, honest, and somewhat fanatical

peasantry, to whose quaint and primitive manners his books owe much of

their distinctive atmosphere.

In Italy, D'Annunzio's career has been watched with growing interest.

Until recently, however, he was scarcely known to the world at large,

when a few poems, translated into French, brought his name into

immediate prominence. Within a year three Paris journals acquired rights

of translation from him, and he has since occupied the attention of such

authoritative French critics as Henri Rabusson, René Doumic, Edouard

Rod, Eugène-Melchior de Vogüé, and, most recently, Ferdinand Brunetière,

all of whom seem to have a clearer appreciation of his quality than even

his critics at home. At the same time there is a small but hostile

minority among the French novelists, whose literary feelings are voiced

by Léon Daudet in a vehement protest under the title 'Assez d'Étrangers'

(Enough of Foreigners).

It is too soon to pass final judgment on D'Annunzio's style, which has

been undergoing an obvious transition, not yet accomplished. Realist and

psychologist, symbolist and mystic by turns, and first and always a

poet, he has been compared successively to Bourget and Maupassant,

Tolstoi and Dostoïevsky, Théophile Gautier and Catulle Mendès, Dante

Gabriel Rossetti and Baudelaire. Such complexity of style is the outcome

of his cosmopolitan taste in literature, and his tendency to assimilate

for future use whatever pleases him in each successive author.

Shakespeare and Goethe, Keats and Heine, Plato and Zoroaster, figure

among the names which throng his pages; while his unacknowledged and

often unconscious indebtedness to writers of lesser magnitude,--notably

the self-styled 'Sar' Joseph Peladan--has lately raised an outcry of

plagiarism. Yet whatever leaves his pen, borrowed or original, has

received the unmistakable imprint of his powerful individuality.

It is easy to trace the influences under which, successively, D'Annunzio

has come. They are essentially French. He is a French writer in an

Italian medium. His early short sketches, noteworthy chiefly for their

morbid intensity, were modeled largely on Maupassant, whose frank,

unblushing realism left a permanent imprint upon the style of his

admirer, and whose later analytic tendency probably had an important

share in turning his attention to the psychological school.

'Il Piacere,' though largely inspired by Paul Bourget, contains as large

an element of 'Notre Coeur' and 'Bel-Ami' as of 'Le Disciple' and 'Coeur

de Femme.' In this novel, Andrea Sperelli affords us the type of

D'Annunzio's heroes, who, aside from differences due to age and

environment, are all essentially the same,--somewhat weak, yet

undeniably attractive; containing, all of them, "something of a Don Juan

and a Cherubini," with the Don Juan element preponderating. The plot of

'Il Piacere' is not remarkable either for depth or for novelty, being

the needlessly detailed record of Sperelli's relations with two married

women, of totally opposite types.

'Giovanni Episcopo' is a brief, painful tragedy of low life, written

under the influence of Russian evangelism, and full of reminiscences of

Dostoïevsky's 'Crime and Punishment.' Giovanni is a poor clerk, of a

weak, pusillanimous nature, completely dominated by a coarse, brutal

companion, Giulio Wanzer, who makes him an abject slave, until a

detected forgery compels Wanzer to flee the country. Episcopo then

marries Ginevra, the pretty but unprincipled waitress at his _pension_,

who speedily drags him down to the lowest depths of degradation, making

him a mere nonentity in his own household, willing to live on the

proceeds of her infamy. They have one child, a boy, Ciro, on whom

Giovanni lavishes all his suppressed tenderness. After ten years of this

martyrdom, the hated Wanzer reappears and installs himself as husband in

the Episcopo household. Giovanni submits in helpless fury, till one day

Wanzer beats Ginevra, and little Ciro intervenes to protect his mother.

Wanzer turns on the child, and a spark of manhood is at last kindled in

Giovanni's breast. He springs upon Wanzer, and with the pent-up rage of

years stabs him.

'L'Innocente,' D'Annunzio's second long novel, also bears the stamp of

Russian influence. It is a gruesome, repulsive story of domestic

infidelity, in which he has handled the theory of pardon, the motive of

numerous recent French novels, like Daudet's 'La Petite Paroisse' and

Paul Marguerite's 'La Tourmente.'

In another extended work, 'Il Trionfo della Morte' (The Triumph of

Death), D'Annunzio appears as a convert to Nietzsche's philosophy and to

Wagnerianism. Ferdinand Brunetière has pronounced it unsurpassed by the

naturalistic schools of England, France, or Russia. In brief, the hero,

Giorgio Aurispa, a morbid sensualist, with an inherited tendency to

suicide, is led by fate through a series of circumstances which keep the

thought of death continually before him. They finally goad him on to

fling himself from a cliff into the sea, dragging with him the woman

he loves.

The 'Vergini della Rocca' (Maidens of the Crag), his last story, is more

an idyllic poem than a novel. Claudio Cantelmo, sickened with the

corruption of Rome, retires to his old home in the Abruzzi, where he

meets the three sisters Massimilla, Anatolia, Violante: "names

expressive as faces full of light and shade, and in which I seemed

already to discover an infinity of grace, of passion, and of sorrow." It

is inevitable that he should chose one of the three, but which? And in

the dénouement the solution is only half implied.

D'Annunzio is now occupied with a new romance; and coming years will

doubtless present him all the more distinctively as a writer of Italy on

whom French inflences have been seed sowed in fertile ground. The place

in contemporary Italian of such work as his is indisputably

considerable.

THE DROWNED BOY

From 'The Triumph of Death'

All of a sudden, Albadora, the septuagenarian Cybele, she who had given

life to twenty-two sons and daughters, came toiling up the narrow lane

into the court, and indicating the neighboring shore, where it skirted

the promontory on the left, announced breathlessly:--

"Down yonder there has been a child drowned!"

Candia made the sign of the cross. Giorgio arose and ascended to the

loggia, to observe the spot designated. Upon the sand, below the

promontory, in close vicinity to the chain of rocks and the tunnel, he

perceived a blotch of white, presumably the sheet which hid the little

body. A group of people had gathered around it.

As Ippolita had gone to mass with Elena at the chapel of the Port, he

yielded to his curiosity and said to his entertainers:--

"I am going down to see."

"Why?" asked Candia. "Why do you wish to put a pain in your heart?"

Hastening down the narrow lane, he descended by a short cut to the

beach, and continued along the water. Reaching the spot, somewhat out of

breath, he inquired:--

"What has happened?"

The assembled peasants saluted him and made way for him. One of them

answered tranquilly:--

"The son of a mother has been drowned."

Another, clad in linen, who seemed to be standing guard over the corpse,

bent down and drew aside the sheet.

The inert little body was revealed, extended upon the unyielding sand.

It was a lad, eight or nine years old, fair and frail, with slender

limbs. His head was supported on his few humble garments, rolled up in

place of pillow,--the shirt, the blue trousers, the red sash, the cap of

limp felt. His face was but slightly livid, with flat nose, prominent

forehead, and long, long lashes; the mouth was half open, with thick

lips which were turning blue, between which the widely spaced teeth

gleamed white. His neck was slender, flaccid as a wilted stem, and

seamed with tiny creases. The jointure of the arms at the shoulder

looked feeble. The arms themselves were fragile, and covered with a down

similar to the fine plumage which clothes the bodies of newly hatched

birds. The whole outline of the ribs was distinctly visible; down the

middle of the breast the skin was divided by a darker line; the navel

stood out, like a knot. The feet, slightly bloated, had assumed the same

sallow color as the little hands, which were callous and strewn with

warts, with white nails beginning to turn livid. On the left arm, on the

thighs near the groin, and further down, on the knees and along the

legs, appeared reddish blotches of scurf. Every detail of this wretched

little body assumed, in the eyes of Giorgio, an extraordinary

significance, immobile as it was and fixed forever in the rigidity

of death.

"How was he drowned? Where?" he questioned, lowering his voice.

The man dressed in linen gave, with some show of impatience, the account

which he had probably had to repeat too many times already. He had a

brutal countenance, square-cut, with bushy brows, and a large mouth,

harsh and savage. Only a little while after leading the sheep back to

their stalls, the lad, taking his breakfast along with him, had gone

down, together with a comrade, to bathe. He had hardly set foot in the

water, when he had fallen and was drowned. At the cries of his comrade,

some one from the house overhead on the bluff had hurried down, and

wading in up to the knees, had dragged him from the water half dead;

they had turned him upside down to make him throw up the water, they had

shaken him, but to no purpose. To indicate just how far the poor little

fellow had gone in, the man picked up a pebble and threw it into

the sea.

"There, only to there; at three yards from the shore!"

The sea lay at rest, breathing peacefully, close to the head of the dead

child. But the sun blazed fiercely down upon the sand; and something

pitiless, emanating from that sky of flame and from those stolid

witnesses, seemed to pass over the pallid corpse.

"Why," asked Giorgio, "do you not place him in the shade, in one of the

houses, on a bed?"

"He is not to be moved," declared the man on guard, "until they hold the

inquest."

"At least carry him into the shade, down there, below the embankment!"

Stubbornly the man reiterated, "He is not to be moved."

There could be no sadder sight than that frail, lifeless little being,

extended on the stones, and watched over by the impassive brute who

repeated his account every time in the selfsame words, and every time

made the selfsame gesture, throwing a pebble into the sea:--

"There; only to there."

A woman joined the group, a hook-nosed termagant, with gray eyes and

sour lips, mother of the dead boy's comrade. She manifested plainly a

mistrustful restlessness, as if she anticipated some accusation against

her own son. She spoke with bitterness, and seemed almost to bear a

grudge against the victim.

"It was his destiny. God had said to him, 'Go into the sea and end

yourself.'"

She gesticulated with vehemence. "What did he go in for, if he did not

know how to swim--?"

A young lad, a stranger in the district, the son of a mariner, repeated

contemptuously, "Yes, what did he go in for? We, yes, who know how to

swim--" ...

Other people joined the group, gazed with cold curiosity, then lingered

or passed on. A crowd occupied the railroad embankment, another gathered

on the crest of the promontory, as if at a spectacle. Children, seated

or kneeling, played with pebbles, tossing them into the air and catching

them, now on the back and now in the hollow of their hands. They all

showed the same profound indifference to the presence of other people's

troubles and of death.

Another woman joined the group on her way home from mass, wearing a

dress of silk and all her gold ornaments. For her also the harassed

custodian repeated his account, for her also he indicated the spot in

the water. She was talkative.

"I am always saying to _my_ children, 'Don't you go into the water, or I

will kill you!' The sea is the sea. Who can save himself?"

She called to mind other instances of drowning; she called to mind the

case of the drowned man with the head cut off, driven by the waves all

the way to San Vito, and found among the rocks by a child.

"Here, among these rocks. He came and told us, 'There is a dead man

there.' We thought he was joking. But we came and we found. He had no

head. They had an inquest; he was buried in a ditch; then in the night

he was dug up again. His flesh was all mangled and like jelly, but he

still had his boots on. The judge said, 'See, they are better than

mine!' So he must have been a rich man. And it turned out that he was a

dealer in cattle. They had killed him and chopped off his head, and had

thrown him into the Tronto."...

She continued to talk in her shrill voice, from time to time sucking in

the superfluous saliva with a slight hissing sound.

"And the mother? When is the mother coming?"

At that name there arose exclamations of compassion from all the women

who had gathered.

"The mother! There comes the mother, now!"

And all of them turned around, fancying that they saw her in the far

distance, along the burning strand. Some of the women could give

particulars about her. Her name was Riccangela; she was a widow with

seven children. She had placed this one in a farmer's family, so that he

might tend the sheep, and gain a morsel of bread.

One woman said, gazing down at the corpse, "Who knows how much pains the

mother has taken in raising him!" Another said, "To keep the children

from going hungry she has even had to ask charity."

Another told how, only a few months before, the unfortunate child had

come very near strangling to death in a courtyard in a pool of water

barely six inches deep. All the women repeated, "It was his destiny. He

was bound to die that way."

And the suspense of waiting rendered them restless, anxious. "The

mother! There comes the mother now!"

Feeling himself grow sick at heart, Giorgio exclaimed, "Can't you take

him into the shade, or into a house, so that the mother will not see him

here naked on the stones, under a sun like this?"

Stubbornly the man on guard objected:--"He is not to be touched. He is

not to be moved--until the inquest is held."

The bystanders gazed in surprise at the stranger,--Candia's stranger.

Their number was augmenting. A few occupied the embankment shaded with

acacias; others crowned the promontory rising abruptly from the rocks.

Here and there, on the monstrous bowlders, a tiny boat lay sparkling

like gold at the foot of the detached crag, so lofty that it gave the

effect of the ruins of some Cyclopean tower, confronting the immensity

of the sea.

All at once, from above on the height, a voice announced, "There she

is."

Other voices followed:--"The mother! The mother!"

All turned. Some stepped down from the embankment. Those on the

promontory leaned far over. All became silent, in expectation. The man

on guard drew the sheet once more over the corpse. In the midst of the

silence, the sea barely seemed to draw its breath, the acacias barely

rustled. And then through the silence they could hear her cries as she

drew near.

The mother came along the strand, beneath the sun, crying aloud. She was

clad in widow's mourning. She tottered along the sand, with bowed body,

calling out, "O my son! My son!"

She raised her palms to heaven, and then struck them upon her knees,

calling out, "My son!"

One of her older sons, with a red handkerchief bound around his neck, to

hide some sore, followed her like one demented, dashing aside his tears

with the back of his hand. She advanced along the strand, beating her

knees, directing her steps toward the sheet. And as she called upon her

dead, there issued from her mouth sounds scarcely human, but rather like

the howling of some savage dog. As she drew near, she bent over lower

and lower, she placed herself almost on all fours; till, reaching him,

she threw herself with a howl upon the sheet.

She arose again. With hand rough and toil-stained, hand toughened by

every variety of labor, she uncovered the body. She gazed upon it a few

instants, motionless as though turned to stone. Then time and time

again, shrilly, with all the power of her voice, she called as if trying

to awaken him, "My son! My son! My son!"

Sobs suffocated her. Kneeling beside him, she beat her sides furiously

with her fists. She turned her despairing eyes around upon the circle of

strangers. During a pause in her paroxysms she seemed to recollect

herself. And then she began to sing. She sang her sorrow in a rhythm

which rose and fell continually, like the palpitation of a heart. It was

the ancient monody which from time immemorial, in the land of the

Abruzzi, the women have sung over the remains of their relatives. It was

the melodious eloquence of sacred sorrow, which renewed spontaneously,

in the profundity of her being, this hereditary rhythm in which the

mothers of bygone ages had modulated their lamentations.

She sang on and on:--"Open your eyes, arise and walk, my son! How

beautiful you are! How beautiful you are!"

She sang on:--"For a morsel of bread I have drowned you, my son! For a

morsel of bread I have borne you to the slaughter! For that have I

raised you!"

But the irate woman with the hooked nose interrupted her:--"It was not

you who drowned him; it was Destiny. It was not you who took him to the

slaughter. You had placed him in the midst of bread." And making a

gesture toward the hill where the house stood which had sheltered the

lad, she added, "They kept him there, like a pink at the ear."

The mother continued:--"O my son, who was it sent you; who was it sent

you here, to drown?"

And the irate woman:--"Who was it sent him? It was our Lord. He said to

him, 'Go into the water and end yourself.'"

As Giorgio was affirming in a low tone to one of the bystanders that if

succored in time the child might have been saved, and that they had

killed him by turning him upside down and holding him suspended by the

feet, he felt the gaze of the mother fixed upon him. "Can't you do

something for him, sir?" she prayed. "Can't you do something for him?"

And she prayed:--"O Madonna of the Miracles, work a miracle for him!"

Touching the head of the dead boy, she repeated:--"My son! my son! my

son! arise and walk!"

On his knees in front of her was the brother of the dead boy; he was

sobbing, but without grief, and from time to time he glanced around with

a face that suddenly grew indifferent. Another brother, the oldest one,

remained at a little distance, seated in the shade of a bowlder; and he

was making a great show of grief, hiding his face in his hands. The

women, striving to console the mother, were bending over her with

gestures of compassion, and accompanying her monody with an

occasional lament.

And she sang on:--"Why have I sent you forth from my house? Why have I

sent you to your death? I have done everything to keep my children from

hunger; everything, everything, except to be a woman with a price. And

for a morsel of bread I have lost you! This was the way you were

to die!"

Thereupon the woman with the hawk nose raised her petticoats in an

impetus of wrath, entered the water up to her knees, and cried:--"Look!

He came only to here. Look! The water is like oil. It is a sign that he

was bound to die that way."

With two strides she regained the shore. "Look!" she repeated, pointing

to the deep imprint in the sand made by the man who recovered the

body. "Look!"

The mother looked in a dull way; but it seemed as if she neither saw nor

comprehended. After her first wild outbursts of grief, there came over

her brief pauses, amounting to an obscurement of consciousness. She

would remain silent, she would touch her foot or her leg with a

mechanical gesture. Then she would wipe away her tears with the black

apron. She seemed to be quieting down. Then, all of a sudden, a fresh

explosion would shake her from head to foot, and prostrate her upon

the corpse.

"And I cannot take you away! I cannot take you in these arms to the

church! My son! My son!"

She fondled him from head to foot, she caressed him softly. Her savage

anguish was softened to an infinite tenderness. Her hand--the burnt and

callous hand of a hard-working woman--became infinitely gentle as she

touched the eyes, the mouth, the forehead of her son.

"How beautiful you are! How beautiful you are!"

She touched his lower lip, already turned blue; and as she pressed it

slightly, a whitish froth issued from the mouth. From between his lashes

she brushed away some speck, very carefully, as though fearful of

hurting him.

"How beautiful you are, heart of your mamma!"

His lashes were long, very long, and fair. On his temples, on his cheeks

was a light bloom, pale as gold.

"Do you not hear me? Rise and walk."

She took the little well-worn cap, limp as a rag. She gazed at it and

kissed it, saying:--

"I am going to make myself a charm out of this, and wear it always on my

breast."

She lifted the child; a quantity of water escaped from the mouth and

trickled down upon the breast.

"O Madonna of the Miracles, perform a miracle!" she prayed, raising her

eyes to heaven in a supreme supplication. Then she laid softly down

again the little being who had been so dear to her, and took up the worn

shirt, the red sash, the cap. She rolled them up together in a little

bundle, and said:--

"This shall be my pillow; on these I shall rest my head, always, at

night; on these I wish to die."

She placed these humble relics on the sand, beside the head of her

child, and rested her temple on them, stretching herself out, as if on

a bed.

Both of them, mother and son, now lay side by side, on the hard rocks,

beneath the flaming sky, close to the homicidal sea. And now she began

to croon the very lullaby which in the past had diffused pure sleep over

his infant cradle.

She took up the red sash and said, "I want to dress him."

The cross-grained woman, who still held her ground, assented. "Let us

dress him now."

And she herself took the garments from under the head of the dead boy;

she felt in the jacket pocket and found a slice of bread and a fig.

"Do you see? They had given him his food just before,--just before. They

cared for him like a pink at the ear."

The mother gazed upon the little shirt, all soiled and torn, over which

her tears fell rapidly, and said, "Must I put that shirt on him?"

The other woman promptly raised her voice to some one of her family,

above on the bluff:--"Quick, bring one of Nufrillo's new shirts!" The

new shirt was brought. The mother flung herself down beside him.

"Get up, Riccangela, get up!" solicited the women around her.

She did not heed them. "Is my son to stay like that on the stones, and I

not stay there too?--like that, on the stones, my own son?"

"Get up, Riccangela, come away."

She arose. She gazed once more with terrible intensity upon the little

livid face of the dead. Once again she called with all the power of her

voice, "My son! My son! My son!"

Then with her own hands she covered up with the sheet the unheeding

remains.

And the women gathered around her, drew her a little to one side, under

shadow of a bowlder; they forced her to sit down, they lamented

with her.

Little by little the spectators melted away. There remained only a few

of the women comforters; there remained the man clad in linen, the

impassive custodian, who was awaiting the inquest.

The dog-day sun poured down upon the strand, and lent to the funeral

sheet a dazzling whiteness. Amidst the heat the promontory raised its

desolate aridity straight upward from the tortuous chain of rocks. The

sea, immense and green, pursued its constant, even breathing. And it

seemed as if the languid hour was destined never to come to an end.

Under shadow of the bowlder, opposite the white sheet, which was raised

up by the rigid form of the corpse beneath, the mother continued her

monody in the rhythm rendered sacred by all the sorrows, past and

present, of her race. And it seemed as if her lamentation was destined

never to come to an end.

TO AN IMPROMPTU OF CHOPIN

When thou upon my breast art sleeping,

I hear across the midnight gray--

I hear the muffled note of weeping,

So near--so sad--so far away!

All night I hear the teardrops falling--

Each drop by drop--my heart must weep;

I hear the falling blood-drops--lonely,

Whilst thou dost sleep--whilst thou dost sleep.

From 'The Triumph of Death.'

INDIA

India--whose enameled page unrolled

Like autumn's gilded pageant, 'neath a sun

That withers not for ancient kings undone

Or gods decaying in their shrines of gold--

Where were thy vaunted princes, that of old

Trod thee with thunder--of thy saints was none

To rouse thee when the onslaught was begun,

That shook the tinseled sceptre from thy hold?

Dead--though behind thy gloomy citadels

The fountains lave their baths of porphyry;

Dead--though the rose-trees of thy myriad dells

Breathe as of old their speechless ecstasy;

Dead--though within thy temples, courts, and cells,

Their countless lamps still supplicate for thee.

Translated by Thomas Walsh, for 'A Library of the World's Best Literature.'

ANTAR

(About 550-615)

BY EDWARD S. HOLDEN

Arabia was opened to English readers first by Sale's translation of the

'Kuran,' in 1734; and by English versions of the 'Arabian Nights' from

1712 onward. The latter were derived from Galland's translation of the

'Thousand and One Nights,' which began to appear, in French, in 1704.

Next to nothing was generally known of Oriental literature from that

time until the end of the eighteenth century. The East India Company

fostered the study of the classics of the extreme Orient; and the first

Napoleon opened Egypt,--his _savans_ marched in the centre of the

invading squares.

The flagship of the English fleet which blockaded Napoleon's army

carried an Austro-German diplomatist and scholar,--Baron von

Hammer-Purgstall,--part of whose mission was to procure a complete

manuscript of the 'Arabian Nights.' It was then supposed that these

tales were the daily food of all Turks, Arabians, and Syrians. To the

intense surprise of Von Hammer, he learned that they were never recited

in the coffee-houses of Constantinople, and that they were not to be

found at all outside of Egypt.

His dismay and disappointment were soon richly compensated, however, by

the discovery of the Arabian romance of 'Antar,' the national classic,

hitherto unknown in Europe, except for an enthusiastic notice which had

fallen by chance into the hands of Sir William Jones. The entire work

was soon collected. It is of interminable length in the original, being

often found in thirty or forty manuscript volumes in quarto, in seventy

or eighty in octavo. Portions of it have been translated into English,

German, and French. English readers can consult it best in 'Antar,' a

Bedouin romance, translated from the Arabic by Terrick Hamilton, in four

volumes 8vo (London, 1820). Hamilton's translation, now rare, covers

only a portion of the original; and a new translation, suitably

abridged, is much needed.

The book purports to have been written more than a thousand years

ago,--in the golden prime of the Caliph Harún-al-Rashid (786-809) and of

his sons and successors, Amin (809-813) and Mamun (813-834),--by the

famous As-Asmai (born 741, died about 830). It is in fact a later

compilation, probably of the twelth century. (Baron von Hammer's MS.

was engrossed in the year 1466.) Whatever the exact date may have been,

it was probably not much later than A.D. 1200. The main outlines of

Antar's life are historical. Many particulars are derived from historic

accounts of the lives of other Arabian heroes (Duraid and others) and

are transferred bodily to the biography of Antar. They date back to the

sixth century. Most of the details must be imaginary, but they are

skillfully contrived by a writer who knew the life of the desert Arab at

first hand. The verses with which the volumes abound are in many cases

undoubtedly Antar's. (They are printed in italics in what follows.) In

any event, the book in its present form has been the delight of all

Arabians for many centuries. Every wild Bedouin of the desert knew much

of the tale by heart, and listened to its periods and to its poems with

quivering interest. His more cultivated brothers of the cities possessed

one or many of its volumes. Every coffee-house in Aleppo, Bagdad, or

Constantinople had a narrator who, night after night, recited it to rapt

audiences.

The unanimous opinion of the East has always placed the romance of

'Antar' at the summit of such literature. As one of their authors well

says:--"'The Thousand and One Nights' is for the amusement of women and

children; 'Antar' is a book for men. From it they learn lessons of

eloquence, of magnanimity, of generosity, and of statecraft." Even the

prophet Muhammad, well-known foe to poetry and to poets, instructed his

disciples to relate to their children the traditions concerning Antar,

"for these will steel their hearts harder than stone."

The book belongs among the great national classics, like the

'Shah-nameh' and the 'Nibelungen-Lied.' It has a direct relation to

Western culture and opinion also. Antar was the father of knighthood. He

was the _preux-chevalier_, the champion of the weak and oppressed, the

protector of women, the impassioned lover-poet, the irresistible and

magnanimous knight. European chivalry in a marked degree is the child of

the chivalry of his time, which traveled along the shores of the

Mediterranean Sea and passed with the Moors into Spain (710). Another

current flowed from Arabia to meet and to modify the Greeks of

Constantinople and the early Crusaders; and still another passed from

Persia into Palestine and Europe. These fertilized Provençal poetry, the

French romance, the early Italian epic. The 'Shah-nameh' of Firdausi,

that model of a heroic poem, was written early in the eleventh century.

'Antar' in its present form probably preceded the romances of chivalry

so common in the twelfth century in Italy and France.

Antarah ben Shedad el Absi (Antar the Lion, the Son of Shedad of the

tribe of Abs), the historic Antar, was born about the middle of the

sixth century of our era, and died about the year 615, forty-five years

after the birth of the prophet Muhammad, and seven years before the

Hijra--the Flight to Medina--with which the Muhammadan era begins. His

father was a noble Absian knight. The romance makes him the son of an

Abyssinian slave, who is finally discovered to be a powerful princess.

His skin was black. He was despised by his father and family and set to

tend their camels. His extraordinary strength and valor and his

remarkable poetic faculty soon made him a marked man, in a community in

which personal valor failed of its full value if it were not celebrated

in brilliant verse. His love for the beautiful Ibla (Ablah in the usual

modern form), the daughter of his uncle, was proved in hundreds of

encounters and battles; by many adventurous excursions in search of fame

and booty; by thousands of verses in her honor.

The historic Antar is the author of one of the seven "suspended poems."

The common explanation of this term is that these seven poems were

judged, by the assemblage of all the Arabs, worthy to be written in

golden letters (whence their name of the 'golden odes'), and to be hung

on high in the sacred Kaabah at Mecca. Whether this be true, is not

certain. They are at any rate accepted models of Arabic style. Antar was

one of the seven greatest poets of his poetic race. These "suspended

poems" can now be studied in the original and in translation, by the

help of a little book published in London in 1894, 'The Seven Poems,' by

Captain F.E. Johnson, R.A.

The Antar of the romance is constantly breaking into verse which is

passionately admired by his followers. None of its beauties of form are

preserved in the translation; and indeed, this is true of the prose

forms also. It speaks volumes for the manly vigor of the original that

it can be transferred to an alien tongue and yet preserve great

qualities. To the Arab the work is a masterpiece both in form and

content. Its prose is in balanced, rhythmic sentences ending in full or

partial rhymes. This "cadence of the cooing dove" is pure music to an

Eastern ear. If any reader is interested in Arabic verse, he can readily

satisfy his curiosity. An introduction to the subject is given in the

Terminal Essay of Sir Richard Burton's 'Arabian Nights' (Lady Burton's

edition, Vol. vi., page 340). The same subject is treated briefly and

very clearly in the introduction to Lyall's 'Ancient Arabian Poetry'--a

book well worth consulting on other accounts.

The story itself appeals to the Oriental's deepest feelings, passions,

ideals:--

"To realize the impetuous feelings of the Arab," says Von

Hammer, "you must have heard these tales narrated to a circle

of Bedouins crowded about the orator of the desert.... It is

a veritable drama, in which the spectators are the actors as

well. If the hero is threatened with imminent danger, they

shudder and cry aloud, 'No, no, no; Allah forbid! that cannot

be!' If he is in the midst of tumult and battle, mowing down

rank after rank of the enemy with his sword, they seize their

own weapons and rise to fly to his rescue. If he falls into

the snares of treachery, their foreheads contract with angry

indignation and they exclaim, 'The curse of Allah be on the

traitor!' If the hero at last sinks under the superior forces

of the enemy, a long and ardent sigh escapes from their

breasts, with the farewell blessing, 'Allah's compassion be

with him--may he rest in peace.'... Descriptions of the

beauties of nature, especially of the spring, are received

with exclamations. Nothing equals the delight which sparkles

in every eye when the narrator draws a picture of

feminine beauty."

The question as to the exact relation of the chivalry of Europe to the

earlier chivalry of Arabia and of the East is a large one, and one which

must be left to scholars. It is certain that Spenser and Sir Philip

Sidney owe far more to Saladin than we commonly suppose. The tales of

Boccaccio (1350) show that the Italians of that day still held the Arabs

to be their teachers in chivalry, and at least their equals in art,

science, and civilization; and the Italy of 1300 was a century in

advance of the rest of Europe. In 1268 two brothers of the King of

Castile, with 800 other Spanish gentlemen, were serving under the

banners of the Muslim in Tunis. The knightly ideal of both Moors and

Spaniards was to be

"Like steel among swords,

Like wax among ladies."

Hospitality, generosity, magnanimity, the protection of the weak,

punctilious observance of the plighted faith, pride of birth and

lineage, glory in personal valor--these were the knightly virtues common

to Arab and Christian warriors. Antar and his knights, Ibla and her

maidens, are the Oriental counterparts of Launcelot and Arthur, of

Guinevere and Iseult.

The primary duty of the early Arab was blood-revenge. An insult to

himself, or an injury to the tribe, must be wiped out with the blood of

the offender. Hence arose the multitude of tribal feuds. It was Muhammad

who first checked the private feud by fixing "the price of blood" to be

paid by the aggressor or by his tribe. In the time of Antar revenge was

the foremost duty. Ideals of excellence change as circumstances alter.

Virtues go out of fashion (like the magnificence of Aristotle), or

acquire an entirely new importance (as veracity, since England became a

trading nation). Some day we may possess a natural history of

the virtues.

The service of the loved one by the early Arab was a passion completely

different from the vain gallantry of the mediæval knight of Europe. He

sought for the complete possession of his chosen mistress, and was eager

to earn it by multitudes of chivalric deeds; but he could not have

understood the sentimentalities of the Troubadours. The systematic

fantasies of the "Courts of Love" would have seemed cold follies to Arab

chivalry--as indeed they are, though they have led to something better.

In generosity, in magnanimity, the Arab knight far surpassed his

European brother. Hospitality was a point of honor to both. As to the

noble Arabs of those days, when any one demanded their protection, no

one ever inquired what was the matter; for if he asked any questions, it

would be said of him that he was afraid. The poets have thus described

them in verse:--

"They rise when any one calls out to them, and

they haste before asking any questions;

they aid him against his enemies

that seek his life, and they return

honored to their families."

The Arab was the knight of the tent and the desert. His deeds were

immediately known to his fellows; discussed and weighed in every

household of his tribe. The Christian knight of the Middle Ages, living

isolated in his stronghold, was less immediately affected by the

opinions of his class. Tribal allegiance was developed in the first

case, independence in the second.

Scholars tell us that the romance of 'Antar' is priceless for faithful

pictures of the times before the advent of Muhammad, which are confirmed

by all that remains of the poetry of "the days of ignorance." To the

general reader its charm lies in its bold and simple stories of

adventure; in its childlike enjoyment of the beauty of Nature; in its

pictures of the elemental passions of ambition, pride, love, hate,

revenge. Antar was a poet, a lover, a warrior, a born leader. From a

keeper of camels he rose to be the protector of the tribe of Abs and the

pattern of chivalry, by virtue of great natural powers and in the face

of every obstacle. He won possession of his Ibla and gave her the dower

of a queen, by adventures the like of which were never known before.

There were no Ifrits or Genii to come to his aid, as in the 'Thousand

Nights and a Night.' 'Antar' is the epic of success crowning human

valor; the tales in the 'Arabian Nights,' at their best, are the fond

fancies of the fatalist whose best endeavor is at the mercy of every

capricious Jinni.

The 'Arabian Nights' contains one tale of the early Arabs,--the story of

Gharib and his brother Ajib,--which repeats some of the exploits of

Antar; a tale far inferior to the romance. The excellences of the

'Arabian Nights' are of another order. We must look for them in the

pompous enchantments of the City of Brass, or in the tender constancy of

Aziz and Azizah, or in the tale of Hasan of Bassorah, with its lovely

study of the friendship of a foster-sister, and its wonderful

presentment of the magic surroundings of the country of the Jann.

To select specimens from 'Antar' is like selecting from 'Robinson

Crusoe.' In the romance, Antar's adventures go on and on, and the

character of the hero develops before one's eyes. It may be that the

leisure of the desert is needed fully to appreciate this master-work.

[Illustration: Signature: EDWARD S. HOLDEN]

THE VALOR OF ANTAR

Now Antar was becoming a big boy, and grew up, and used to accompany his

mother, Zebeeba, to the pastures, and he watched the cattle; and this he

continued to do till he increased in stature. He used to walk and run

about to harden himself, till at length his muscles were strengthened,

his frame altogether more robust, his bones more firm and solid, and his

speech correct. His days were passed in roaming about the mountain

sides; and thus he continued till he attained his tenth year.

[He now kills a wolf which had attacked his father's flocks,

and breaks into verse to celebrate his victory:--]

_O thou wolf, eager for death, I have left thee wallowing in dust, and

spoiled of life; thou wouldst have the run of my flocks, but I have left

thee dyed with blood; thou wouldst disperse my sheep, and thou knowest I

am a lion that never fears. This is the way I treat thee, thou dog of

the desert. Hast thou ever before seen battle and wars?_

[His next adventure brought him to the notice of the chief of

the tribe,--King Zoheir. A slave of Prince Shas insulted a

poor, feeble woman who was tending her sheep; on which Antar

"dashed him against the ground. And his length and breadth

were all one mass." This deed won for Antar the hatred of

Prince Shas, the friendship of the gentle Prince Malik, and

the praise of the king, their father. "This valiant fellow,"

said the king, "has defended the honor of women."]

From that day both King Zoheir and his son Malik conceived a great

affection for Antar, and as Antar returned home, the women all collected

around him to ask him what had happened; among them were his aunts and

his cousin, whose name was Ibla. Now Ibla was younger than Antar, and a

merry lass. She was lovely as the moon at its full; and perfectly

beautiful and elegant.... One day he entered the house of his uncle

Malik and found his aunt combing his cousin Ibla's hair, which flowed

down her back, dark as the shades of night. Antar was quite surprised;

he was greatly agitated, and could pay no attention to anything; he was

anxious and thoughtful, and his anguish daily became more oppressive.

[Meeting her at a feast, he addressed her in verse:--]

_The lovely virgin has struck my heart with the arrow of a glance, for

which there is no cure. Sometimes she wishes for a feast in the

sandhills, like a fawn whose eyes are full of magic. She moves; I should

say it was the branch of the Tamarisk that waves its branches to the

southern breeze. She approaches; I should say it was the frightened

fawn, when a calamity alarms it in the waste_.

When Ibla heard from Antar this description of her charms, she was in

astonishment. But Antar continued in this state for days and nights, his

love and anguish ever increasing.

[Antar resolves to be either tossed upon the spear-heads or

numbered among the noble; and he wanders into the plain of

lions.]

As soon as Antar found himself in it, he said to himself, Perhaps I

shall now find a lion, and I will slay him. Then, behold a lion appeared

in the middle of the valley; he stalked about and roared aloud; wide

were his nostrils, and fire flashed from his eyes; the whole valley

trembled at every gnash of his fangs--he was a calamity, and his claws

more dreadful than the deadliest catastrophe--thunder pealed as he

roared--vast was his strength, and his force dreadful--broad were his

paws, and his head immense. Just at that moment Shedad and his brothers

came up. They saw Antar address the lion, and heard the verses that he

repeated; he sprang forward like a hailstorm, and hissed at him like a

black serpent--he met the lion as he sprang and outroared his bellow;

then, giving a dreadful shriek, he seized hold of his mouth with his

hand, and wrenched it open to his shoulders, and he shouted aloud--the

valley and the country round echoed back the war.

[Those who were watching were astonished at his prowess, and

began to fear Antar. The horsemen now set off to attack the

tribe of Temeem, leaving the slaves to guard the women.]

Antar was in transports on seeing Ibla appear with the other women. She

was indeed like an amorous fawn; and when Antar was attending her, he

was overwhelmed in the ocean of his love, and became the slave of her

sable tresses. They sat down to eat, and the wine-cups went merrily

round. It was the spring of the year, when the whole land shone in all

its glory; the vines hung luxuriantly in the arbors; the flowers shed

around ambrosial fragrance; every hillock sparkled in the beauty of its

colors; the birds in responsive melody sang sweetly from each bush, and

harmony issued from their throats; the ground was covered with flowers

and herbs; while the nightingales filled the air with their

softest notes.

[While the maidens were singing and sporting, lo! on a sudden

appeared a cloud of dust walling the horizon, and a vast

clamor arose. A troop of horses and their riders, some

seventy in number, rushed forth to seize the women, and made

them prisoners. Antar instantly rescues Ibla from her captors

and engages the enemy.]

He rushed forward to meet them, and harder than flint was his heart, and

in his attack was their fate and destiny. He returned home, taking with

him five-and-twenty horses, and all the women and children. Now the

hatred of Semeeah (his stepmother) was converted into love and

tenderness, and he became dearer to her than sleep.

[He had thenceforward a powerful ally in her, a fervent

friend in Prince Malik, a wily counselor in his brother

Shiboob. And Antar made great progress in Ibla's heart, from

the verses that he spoke in her praise; such verses as

these:--]

_I love thee with the love of a noble-born hero; and I am content with

thy imaginary phantom. Thou art my sovereign in my very blood; and my

mistress; and in thee is all my confidence_.

[Antar's astonishing valor gained him the praise of the noble

Absian knights, and he was emboldened to ask his father

Shedad to acknowledge him for his son, that he might become a

chief among the Arabs. Shedad, enraged, drew his sword and

rushed upon Antar to kill him, but was prevented by Semeeah.

Antar, in the greatest agony of spirit, was ashamed that the

day should dawn on him after this refusal, or that he should

remain any longer in the country. He mounted his horse, put

on his armor, and traveled on till he was far from the tents,

and he knew not whither he was going.]

Antar had proceeded some way, when lo! a knight rushed out from the

ravines in the rocks, mounted on a dark-colored colt, beautiful and

compact, and of a race much prized among the Arabs; his hoofs were as

flat as the beaten coin; when he neighed he seemed as if about to speak,

and his ears were like quills; his sire was Wasil and his dam Hemama.

When Antar cast his eye upon the horse, and observed his speed and his

paces, he felt that no horse could surpass him, so his whole heart and

soul longed for him. And when the knight perceived that Antar was making

toward him, he spurred his horse and it fled beneath him; for this was a

renowned horseman called Harith, the son of Obad, and he was a

valiant hero.

[By various devices Antar became possessed of the noble horse

Abjer, whose equal no prince or emperor could boast of. His

mettle was soon tried in an affray with the tribe of Maan,

headed by the warrior Nakid, who was ferocious as a lion.]

When Nakid saw the battle of Antar, and how alone he stood against five

thousand, and was making them drink of the cup of death and perdition,

he was overwhelmed with astonishment at his deeds. "Thou valiant slave,"

he cried, "how powerful is thine arm--how strong thy wrist!" And he

rushed down upon Antar. And Antar presented himself before him, for he

was all anxiety to meet him. "O thou base-born!" cried Nakid. But Antar

permitted him not to finish his speech, before he assaulted him with the

assault of a lion, and roared at him; he was horrified and paralyzed at

the sight of Antar. Antar attacked him, thus scared and petrified, and

struck him with his sword on the head, and cleft him down the back; and

he fell, cut in twain, from the horse, and he was split in two as if by

a balance; and as Antar dealt the blow he cried out, "Oh, by Abs! oh, by

Adnan! I am ever the lover of Ibla." No sooner did the tribe of Maan

behold Antar's blow, than every one was seized with fear and dismay. The

whole five thousand made an attack like the attack of a single man; but

Antar received them as the parched ground receives the first of the

rain. His eyeballs were fiery red, and foam issued from his lips;

whenever he smote he cleft the head; every warrior he assailed, he

annihilated; he tore a rider from the back of his horse, he heaved him

on high, and whirling him in the air he struck down another with him,

and the two instantly expired. "By thine eyes, Ibla," he cried, "to-day

will I destroy all this race." Thus he proceeded until he terrified the

warriors, and hurled them into woe and disgrace, hewing off their arms

and their joints.

[At the moment of Antar's victory his friends arrive to see

his triumph. On his way back with them he celebrates his love

for Ibla in verses.]

_When the breezes blow from Mount Saadi, their freshness calms the fire

of my love and transports.... Her throat complains of the darkness of

her necklaces. Alas! the effects of that throat and that necklace! Will

fortune ever, O daughter of Malik, ever bless me with thy embrace, that

would cure my heart of the sorrows of love? If my eye could see her

baggage camels, and her family, I would rub my cheeks on the hoofs of

her camels. I will kiss the earth where thou art; mayhap the fire of my

love and ecstasy may be quenched.... I am the well-known Antar, the

chief of his tribe, and I shall die; but when I am gone, histories shall

tell of me_.

[From that day forth Antar was named Abool-fawaris, that is

to say, the father of horsemen. His sword, Dhami--the

trenchant--was forged from a meteor that fell from the sky;

it was two cubits long and two spans wide. If it were

presented to Nushirvan, King of Persia, he would exalt the

giver with favors; or if it were presented to the Emperor of

Europe, one would be enriched with treasures of gold and

silver.]

As soon as Gheidac saw the tribe of Abs, and Antar the destroyer of

horsemen, his heart was overjoyed and he cried out, "This is a glorious

morning; to-day will I take my revenge." So he assailed the tribe of Abs

and Adnan, and his people attacked behind him like a cloud when it pours

forth water and rains. And the Knight of Abs assaulted them likewise,

anxious to try his sword, the famous Dhami. And Antar fought with

Gheidac, and wearied him, and shouted at him, and filled him with

horror; then assailed him so that stirrup grated stirrup; and he struck

him on the head with Dhami. He cleft his visor and wadding, and his

sword played away between the eyes, passing through his shoulders down

to the back of the horse, even down to the ground; and he and his horse

made four pieces; and to the strictest observer, it would appear that he

had divided them with scales. And God prospered Antar in all that he

did, so that he slew all he aimed at, and overthrew all he touched.

"Nobility," said Antar, "among liberal men, is the thrust of the spear,

the blow of the sword, and patience beneath the battle-dust. I am the

physician of the tribe of Abs in sickness, their protector in disgrace,

the defender of their wives when they are in trouble, their horseman

when they are in glory, and their sword when they rush to arms."

[This was Antar's speech to Monzar, King of the Arabs, when

he was in search of Ibla's dowry. He found it in the land of

Irak, where the magnificent Chosroe was ready to reward him

even to the half of his kingdom, for his victory over the

champion of the Emperor of Europe.]

"All this grandeur, and all these gifts," said Antar, "have no value to

me, no charm in my eyes. Love of my native land is the fixed passion

of my soul."

"Do not imagine," said Chosroe, "that we have been able duly to

recompense you. What we have given you is perishable, as everything

human is, but your praises and your poems will endure forever."

[Antar's wars made him a Nocturnal Calamity to the foes of

his tribe. He was its protector and the champion of its

women, "for Antar was particularly solicitous in the cause of

women." His generosity knew no bounds. "Antar immediately

presented the whole of the spoil to his father and his

uncles; and all the tribe of Abs were astonished at his noble

conduct and filial love." His hospitality was universal; his

magnanimity without limit. "Do not bear malice, O Shiboob.

Renounce it; for no good ever came of malice. Violence is

infamous; its result is ever uncertain, and no one can act

justly when actuated by hatred. Let my heart support every

evil, and let my patience endure till I have subdued all my

foes." Time after time he won new dowries for Ibla, even

bringing the treasures of Persia to her feet. Treacheries

without count divided him from his promised bride. Over and

over again he rescued her from the hands of the enemy; and

not only her, but her father and her hostile kinsmen.

At last (in the fourth volume, on the fourteen hundred and

fifty-third page) Antar makes his wedding feasts.]

"I wish to make at Ibla's wedding five separate feasts; I will feed the

birds and the beasts, the men and the women, the girls and the boys, and

not a single person shall remain in the whole country but shall eat at

Ibla's marriage festival."

Antar was at the summit of his happiness and delight, congratulating

himself on his good fortune and perfect felicity, all trouble and

anxiety being now banished from his heart. Praise be to God, the

dispenser of all grief from the hearts of virtuous men.

[The three hundred and sixty tribes of the Arabs were invited

to the feast, and on the eighth day the assembled chiefs

presented their gifts--horses, armor, slaves, perfumes, gold,

velvet, camels. The number of slaves Antar received that day

was five-and-twenty hundred, to each of whom he gave a

damsel, a horse, and weapons. And they all mounted when he

rode out, and halted when he halted.]

Now when all the Arab chiefs had presented their offerings, each

according to his circumstances, Antar rose, and called out to

Mocriul-Wahsh:--"O Knight of Syria," said he, "let all the he and she

camels, high-priced horses, and all the various rarities I have received

this day, be a present from me to you. But the perfumes of ambergris,

and fragrant musk, belong to my cousin Ibla; and the slaves shall form

my army and troops." And the Arab chiefs marveled at his generosity....

And now Ibla was clothed in the most magnificent garments, and superb

necklaces; they placed the coronet of Chosroe on her head, and tiaras

round her forehead. They lighted brilliant and scented candles before

her--the perfumes were scattered--the torches blazed--and Ibla came

forth in state. All present gave a shout; while the malicious and

ill-natured cried aloud, "What a pity that one so beautiful and fair

should be wedded to one so black!"

[The selections are from Hamilton's translation. Two long

episodes in 'Antar' are especially noteworthy: the famous

horse race between the champions of the tribes of Abs and

Fazarah (Vol. iv., Chapter 33), and the history of Khalid and

Jaida (Vol. ii., Chapter 11).]

LUCIUS APULEIUS

(Second Century A. D.)

Lucius Apuleius, author of the brilliant Latin novel 'The

Metamorphoses,' also called 'The [Golden] Ass,'--and more generally

known under that title,--will be remembered when many greater writers

shall have been forgotten. The downfall of Greek political freedom

brought a period of intellectual development fertile in prose

story-telling,--short fables and tales, novels philosophic and

religious, historical and satiric, novels of love, novels of adventure.

Yet, strange to say, while the instinct was prolific in the Hellenic

domain of the Roman Empire, it was for the most part sterile in Italy,

though Roman life was saturated with the influence of Greek culture. Its

only two notable examples are Petronius Arbiter and Apuleius, both of

whom belong to the first two centuries of the Christian epoch.

[Illustration: Apuleius]

The suggestion of the plan of the novel familiarly known as 'The Golden

Ass' was from a Greek source, Lucius of Patræ. The original version was

still extant in the days of Photius, Patriarch of the Greek Church in

the ninth century. Lucian, the Greek satirist, also utilized the same

material in a condensed form in his 'Lucius, or the Ass.' But Apuleius

greatly expanded the legend, introduced into it numerous episodes, and

made it the background of a vivid picture of the manners and customs of

a corrupt age. Yet underneath its lively portraiture there runs a

current of mysticism at variance with the naïve rehearsal of the hero's

adventures, and this has tempted critics to find a hidden meaning in the

story. Bishop Warburton, in his 'Divine Legation of Moses,' professes to

see in it a defense of Paganism at the expense of struggling

Christianity. While this seems absurd, it is fairly evident that the

mind of the author was busied with something more than the mere

narration of rollicking adventure, more even than a satire on Roman

life. The transformation of the hero into an ass, at the moment when he

was plunging headlong into a licentious career, and the recovery of his

manhood again through divine intervention, suggest a serious symbolism.

The beautiful episode of 'Cupid and Psyche,' which would lend salt to a

production far more corrupt, is also suggestive. Apuleius perfected this

wild flower of ancient folk-lore into a perennial plant that has

blossomed ever since along the paths of literature and art. The story

has been accepted as a fitting embodiment of the struggle of the soul

toward a higher perfection; yet, strange to say, the episode is narrated

with as brutal a realism as if it were a satire of Lucian, and its style

is belittled with petty affectations of rhetoric. It is the enduring

beauty of the conception that has continued to fascinate. Hence we may

say of 'The Golden Ass' in its entirety, that whether readers are

interested in esoteric meanings to be divined, or in the author's vivid

sketches of his own period, the novel has a charm which long centuries

have failed to dim.

Apuleius was of African birth and of good family, his mother having come

of Plutarch's blood. The second century of the Roman Empire, when he

lived (he was born at Madaura about A. D. 139), was one of the most

brilliant periods in history,--brilliant in its social gayety, in its

intellectual activities, and in the splendor of its achievements. The

stimulus of the age spurred men far in good and evil. Apuleius studied

at Carthage, and afterward at Rome, both philosophy and religion, though

this bias seems not to have dulled his taste for worldly pleasure. Poor

in purse, he finally enriched himself by marrying a wealthy widow and

inheriting her property. Her will was contested on the ground that this

handsome and accomplished young literary man had exercised magic in

winning his elderly bride! The successful defense of Apuleius before his

judges--a most diverting composition, so jaunty and full of witty

impertinences that it is evident he knew the hard-headed Roman judges

would dismiss the prosecution as a farce--is still extant under the name

of 'The Apology; or, Concerning Magic.' This in after days became oddly

jumbled with the story of 'The Golden Ass' and its transformations, so

that St. Augustine was inclined to believe Apuleius actually a species

of professional wizard.

The plot of 'The Golden Ass' is very simple. Lucius of Madaura, a young

man of property, sets out on his travels to sow his wild oats. He

pursues this pleasant occupation with the greatest zeal according to the

prevailing mode: he is no moralist. The partner of his first intrigue is

the maid of a woman skilled in witchcraft. The curiosity of Lucius being

greatly exercised about the sorceress and her magic, he importunes the

girl to procure from her mistress a magic salve which will transform him

at will into an owl. By mistake he receives the wrong salve; and instead

of the bird metamorphosis which he had looked for, he undergoes an

unlooked-for change into an ass. In this guise, and in the service of

various masters, he has opportunities of observing the follies of men

from a novel standpoint. His adventures are numerous, and he hears many

strange stories, the latter being chronicled as episodes in the record

of his experiences. At last the goddess Isis appears in a dream, and

obligingly shows him the way to effect his second metamorphosis, by aid

of the high priest of her temple, where certain mysteries are about to

be celebrated. Lucius is freed from his disguise, and is initiated into

the holy rites.

'The Golden Ass' is full of dramatic power and variety. The succession

of incident, albeit grossly licentious at times, engages the interest

without a moment's dullness. The main narrative, indeed, is no less

entertaining than the episodes. The work became a model for

story-writers of a much later period, even to the times of Fielding and

Smollett. Boccaccio borrowed freely from it; at least one of the many

humorous exploits of Cervantes's 'Don Quixote' can be attributed to an

adventure of Lucius; while 'Gil Blas' abounds in reminiscences of the

Latin novel. The student of folk-lore will easily detect in the tasks

imposed by Venus on her unwelcome daughter-in-law, in the episode of

'Cupid and Psyche,' the possible original from which the like fairy

tales of Europe drew many a suggestion. Probably Apuleius himself was

indebted to still earlier Greek sources.

Scarcely any Latin production was more widely known and studied from the

beginning of the Italian Renaissance to the middle of the seventeenth

century. In its style, however, it is far from classic. It is full of

archaisms and rhetorical conceits. In striving to say things finely, the

author frequently failed to say them well. This fault, however, largely

disappears in the translation; and whatever may be the literary defects

of the novel, it offers rich compensation in the liveliness, humor, and

variety of its substance.

In addition to 'The Golden Ass,' the extant writings of Apuleius include

'Florida' (an anthology from his own works), 'The God of Socrates,' 'The

Philosophy of Plato,' and 'Concerning the World,' a treatise once

attributed to Aristotle. The best modern edition of his complete works

is that of Hildebrand (Leipzig, 1842); of the 'Metamorphoses,' that of

Eyssenhardt (Berlin, 1869). There have been many translations into the

modern languages. The best English versions are those of T. Taylor

(London, 1822); of Sir G. Head, somewhat expurgated (London, 1851); and

an unsigned translation published in the Bohn Library, which has been

drawn on for this work, but greatly rewritten as too stiff and prolix,

and in the conversations often wholly unnatural. A very pretty edition

in French, with many illustrations, is that of Savalète (Paris, 1872).

THE TALE OF ARISTOMENES, THE COMMERCIAL TRAVELER

From 'The Metamorphoses'

I am a native of Ægina, and I travel in Thessaly, Ætolia, and Boeotia to

purchase honey of Hypata, cheese, and other articles used in cookery.

Having heard that at Hypata, the principal city of Thessaly,

fine-flavored new cheese was for sale cheap, I made the best of my way

there to buy it all up. But as usual, happening to start left foot

foremost, which is unlucky, all my hopes of profit came to nothing; for

a fellow named Lupus, a merchant who does things on a big scale, had

bought the whole of it the day before.

Weary with my hurried journey to no purpose, I was going early in the

evening to the public baths, when to my surprise I espied an old

companion of mine named Socrates. He was sitting on the ground, half

covered with a rag-tag cloak, and looking like somebody else, he was so

miserably wan and thin,--in fact, just like a street beggar; so that

though he used to be my friend and close acquaintance, I had two minds

about speaking to him.

"How now, friend Socrates!" said I: "what does this mean? Why are you

tricked out like this? What crime have you been guilty of? Why, you

look as though your family had given you up for dead and held your

funeral long ago, the probate judge had appointed guardians for your

children, and your wife, disfigured by her long mourning, having cried

herself almost blind, was being worried by her parents to sit up and

take notice of things, and look for a new marriage. Yet now, all of a

sudden, here you come before us like a wretched ghost from the dead, to

turn everything upside down.'"

"O Aristomenes!" said he, "it's clear that you don't know the slippery

turns, the freaks, and the never-ending tricks of fortune."

As he said this, he hid his face, crimson with shame, in his one garment

of patches and tatters. I could not bear such a miserable sight, and

tried to raise him from the ground. But he kept saying with his head all

covered up, "Let me alone! let me alone! let Fortune have her way

with me!"

However, I finally persuaded him to go with me; and at the same time

pulling off one of my own garments, I speedily clothed him, or at any

rate covered him. I next took him to a bath, scrubbed and oiled him

myself, and laboriously rubbed the matted dirt off him. Having done all

I could, though tired out myself, I supported his feeble steps, and with

great difficulty brought him to my inn. There I made him lie down on a

bed, gave him plenty of food, braced him up with wine, and entertained

him with the news of the day. Pretty soon our conversation took a merry

turn; we cracked jokes, and grew noisy as we chattered. All of a sudden,

heaving a bitter sigh from the bottom of his chest, and striking his

forehead violently with his right hand, he said:--

"Miserable wretch that I am, to have got into such a predicament while

having a good time at a gladiatorial show! As you know, I went to

Macedonia on business; it took me ten months; I was on my way home with

a very neat sum of money, and had nearly reached Larissa, which I

included in my route in order to see the show I mentioned, when I was

attacked by robbers in a lonely valley, and only escaped after losing

everything I had. In my distress I betook myself to a certain woman

named Meroë, who kept a tavern (and who, though rather old, was very

good-looking), and told her about my long absence, my earnest desire to

reach home, and my being robbed that very day. She treated me with the

greatest kindness, gave me a good supper for nothing, and then let me

make love to her. But from the very moment that I was such a fool as to

dally with her, my mind seemed to desert me. I even gave her the clothes

which the robbers in common decency had left me, and the little earnings

I made there by working as cloakmaker so long as I was in good physical

condition; until at length this kind friend, and bad luck together,

reduced me to the state you just now found me in."

"By Pollux, then," said I, "you deserve to suffer the very worst

misfortunes (if there be anything worse than the worst), for having

preferred a wrinkled old reprobate to your home and children."

"Hush! hush!" said he, putting his forefinger on his lips, and looking

round with a terror-stricken face to see if we were alone. "Beware of

reviling a woman skilled in the black art, for fear of doing yourself a

mischief."

"Say you so?" said I. "What kind of a woman is this innkeeper, so

powerful and dreadful?"

"She is a sorceress," he replied, "and possessed of magic powers; she

can draw down the heavens, make the earth heave, harden the running

water, dissolve mountains, raise the shades of the dead, dethrone the

gods, extinguish the stars, and set the very depths of Tartarus ablaze!"

"Come, come!" said I: "end this tragic talk, fold up your theatrical

drop-scenes, and let us hear your story in every-day language."

"Should you like," said he, "to hear of one or two, yes, or a great many

of her performances? Why, to make not only her fellow-countrymen, but

the Indians, the Ethiopians, or even the Antipodeans, love her to

distraction, are only the easy lessons of her art, as it were, and mere

trifles. Listen to what she has done before many witnesses. By a single

word she changed a lover into a beaver, because he had gone to another

flame. She changed an innkeeper, a neighbor of hers she was envious of,

into a frog; and now the old fellow, swimming about in a cask of his own

wine, or buried in the dregs, croaks hoarsely to his old

customers,--quite in the way of business. She changed another person, a

lawyer from the Forum, into a ram, because he had conducted a suit

against her; to this very day that ram is always butting about. Finally,

however, public indignation was aroused by so many people coming to harm

through her arts; and the very next day had been fixed upon to wreak a

fearful vengeance on her, by stoning her to death. She frustrated the

design by her enchantments. You remember how Medea, having got Creon to

allow her just one day before her departure, burned his whole palace,

with himself and his daughter in it, by means of flames issuing from a

garland? Well, this sorceress, having performed certain deadly

incantations in a ditch (she told me so herself in a drunken fit),

confined everybody in the town each in his own house for two whole days,

by a secret spell of the demons. The bars could not be wrenched off, nor

the doors taken off the hinges, nor even a breach made in the walls. At

last, by common consent, the people all swore they would not lift a hand

against her, and would come to her defense if any one else did. She then

liberated the whole city. But in the middle of the night she conveyed

the author of the conspiracy, with all his house, close barred as it

was,--the walls, the very ground, and even the foundations,--to another

city a hundred miles off, on the top of a craggy mountain, and so

without water. And as the houses of the inhabitants were built so close

together that there was not room for the new-comer, she threw down the

house before the gate of the city and took her departure."

"You narrate marvelous things," said I, "my good Socrates; and no less

terrible than marvelous. In fact, you have excited no small anxiety

(indeed I may say fear) in me too; not a mere grain of apprehension, but

a piercing dread for fear this old hag should come to know our

conversation in the same way, by the help of some demon. Let us get to

bed without delay; and when we have rested ourselves by a little sleep,

let us fly as far as we possibly can before daylight."

While I was still advising him thus, the worthy Socrates, overcome by

more wine than he was used to and by his fatigue, had fallen asleep and

was snoring loudly. I shut the door, drew the bolts, and placing my bed

close against the hinges, tossed it up well and lay down on it. I lay

awake some time through fear, but closed my eyes at last a little

before midnight.

I had just fallen asleep, when suddenly the door was burst open with

such violence that it was evidently not done by robbers; the hinges were

absolutely broken and wrenched off, and it was thrown to the ground. The

small bedstead, minus one foot and rotten, was also upset by the shock;

and falling upon me, who had been rolled out on the floor, it completely

covered and hid me. Then I perceived that certain emotions can be

excited by exactly opposite causes; for as tears often come from joy,

so, in spite of my terror, I could not help laughing to see myself

turned from Aristomenes into a tortoise. As I lay on the floor,

completely covered by the bed, and peeping out to see what was the

matter, I saw two old women, one carrying a lighted lamp and the other a

sponge and a drawn sword, plant themselves on either side of Socrates,

who was fast asleep.

The one with the sword said to the other:--"This, sister Panthea, is my

dear Endymion, my Ganymede, who by day and by night has laughed my youth

to scorn. This is he who, despising my passion, not only defames me with

abusive language, but is preparing also for flight; and I forsooth,

deserted through the craft of this Ulysses, like another Calypso, am to

be left to lament in eternal loneliness!"

Then extending her right hand, and pointing me out to her friend

Panthea:--

"And there," said she, "is his worthy counselor, Aristomenes, who was

the planner of this flight, and who now, half dead, is lying flat on the

ground under the bedstead and looking at all that is going on, while he

fancies that he is to tell scandalous stories of me with impunity. I'll

take care, however, that some day, aye, and before long, too,--this very

instant, in fact,--he shall repent of his recent chatter and his present

curiosity."

On hearing this I felt myself streaming with cold perspiration, and my

heart began to throb so violently that even the bedstead danced on

my back.

"Well, sister," said the worthy Panthea, "shall we hack him to pieces at

once, like the Bacchanals, or tie his limbs and mutilate him?"

To this Meroë replied,--and I saw from what was happening, as well as

from what Socrates had told, how well the name fitted her,--"Rather let

him live, if only to cover the body of this wretched creature with a

little earth."

Then, moving Socrates's head to one side, she plunged the sword into his

throat up to the hilt, catching the blood in a small leathern bottle so

carefully that not a drop of it was to be seen. All this I saw with my

own eyes. The worthy Meroë--in order, I suppose, not to omit any due

observance in the sacrifice of the victim--then thrust her right hand

through the wound, and drew forth the heart of my unhappy companion. His

windpipe being severed, he emitted a sort of indistinct gurgling noise,

and poured forth his breath with his bubbling blood. Panthea then

stopped the gaping wound with a sponge, exclaiming, "Beware, O sea-born

sponge, how thou dost pass through a river!"

When she had said this, they lifted my bed from the ground, and dashed

over me a mass of filth.

Hardly had they passed over the threshold when the door resumed its

former state. The hinges settled back on the panels, the posts returned

to the bars, and the bolts flew back to their sockets again. I lay

prostrate on the ground in a squalid plight, terrified, naked, cold, and

drenched. Indeed, I was half dead, though still alive; and pursued a

train of reflections like one already in the grave, or to say the least

on the way to the cross, to which I was surely destined. "What," said I,

"will become of me, when this man is found in the morning with his

throat cut? If I tell the truth, who will believe a word of the story?

'You ought at least,' they will say, 'to have called for help, if as

strong a man as you are could not withstand a woman! Is a man's throat

to be cut before your eyes, and you keep silence? Why was it that you

were not assassinated too? How did the villains come to spare you, a

witness of the murder? They would naturally kill you, if only to put an

end to all evidence of the crime. Since your escape from death was

against reason, return to it.'"

I said these things to myself over and over again, while the night was

fast verging toward day. It seemed best to me, therefore, to escape on

the sly before daylight and pursue my journey, though I was all in a

tremble. I took up my bundle, put the key in the door, and drew back the

bolts. But this good and faithful door, which had opened of its own

accord in the night, would not open now till I had tried the key again

and again.

"Hallo, porter!" said I, "where are you? Open the gate, I want to be off

before daybreak."

The porter, who was lying on the ground behind the door, only grunted,

"Why do you want to begin a journey at this time of night? Don't you

know the roads are infested by robbers? You may have a mind to meet your

death,--perhaps your conscience stings you for some crime you have

committed; but I haven't a head like a pumpkin, that I should die for

your sake!"

"It isn't very far from daybreak," said I; "and besides, what can

robbers take from a traveler in utter poverty? Don't _you_ know, you

fool, that a naked man can't be stripped by ten athletes?"

The drowsy porter turned over and answered;--"And how am I to know but

what you have murdered that fellow-traveler of yours that you came here

with last night, and are running away to save yourself? And now I

remember that I saw Tartarus through a hole in the earth just at that

hour, and Cerberus looking ready to eat me up."

Then I came to the conclusion that the worthy Meroë had not spared my

throat out of pity, but to reserve me for the cross. So, on returning to

my chamber, I thought over some speedy method of putting an end to

myself; but fortune had provided me with no weapon for self-destruction,

except the bedstead. "Now, bedstead," said I, "most dear to my soul,

partner with me in so many sorrows, fully conscious and a spectator of

this night's events, and whom alone when accused I can adduce as a

witness of my innocence--do thou supply me (who would fain hasten to the

shades below) a welcome instrument of death."

Thus saying, I began to undo the bed-cord. I threw one end of it over a

small beam projecting above the window, fastened it there, and made a

slip-knot at the other end. Then I mounted on the bed, and thus elevated

for my own destruction, put my head into the noose and kicked away my

support with one foot; so that the noose, tightened about my throat by

the strain of my weight, might stop my breath. But the rope, which was

old and rotten, broke in two; and falling from aloft, I tumbled heavily

upon Socrates, who was lying close by, and rolled with him on the floor.

Lo and behold! at that very instant the porter burst into the room,

bawling out, "Where are you, you who were in such monstrous haste to be

off at midnight, and now lie snoring, rolled up in the bed-clothes?"

At these words--whether awakened by my fall or by the rasping voice of

the porter, I know not--Socrates was the first to start up; and he

exclaimed, "Evidently travelers have good reason for detesting these

hostlers. This nuisance here, breaking in without being asked,--most

likely to steal something,--has waked me out of a sound sleep by his

outrageous bellowing."

On hearing him speak I jumped up briskly, in an ecstasy of unhoped-for

joy:--"Faithfulest of porters," I exclaimed, "my friend, my own father,

and my brother,--behold him whom you, in your drunken fit, falsely

accuse me of having murdered."

So saying, I embraced Socrates, and was for loading him with kisses; but

he repulsed me with considerable violence. "Get out with you!" he cried.

Sorely confused, I trumped up some absurd story on the spur of the

moment, to give another turn to the conversation, and taking him by the

right hand--

"Why not be off," said I, "and enjoy the freshness of the morning on our

journey?"

So I took my bundle, and having paid the innkeeper for our night's

lodging, we started on our road.

We had gone some little distance, and now, everything being illumined by

the beams of the rising sun, I keenly and attentively examined that part

of my companion's neck into which I had seen the sword plunged.

"Foolish man," said I to myself, "buried in your cups, you certainly

have had a most absurd dream. Why, look: here's Socrates, safe, sound,

and hearty. Where is the wound? Where is the sponge? Where is the scar

of a gash so deep and so recent?"

Addressing myself to him, I remarked, "No wonder the doctors say that

hideous and ominous dreams come only to people stuffed with food and

liquor. My own case is a good instance. I went beyond moderation in my

drinking last evening, and have passed a wretched night full of shocking

and dreadful visions, so that I still fancy myself spattered and defiled

with human gore."

"It is not gore," he replied with a smile, "that you are sprinkled with.

And yet in my sleep I thought my own throat was being cut, and felt some

pain in my neck, and fancied that my very heart was being plucked out.

Even now I am quite faint; my knees tremble; I stagger as I go, and feel

in want of some food to hearten me up."

"Look," cried I, "here is breakfast all ready for you." So saying, I

lifted my wallet from my shoulders, handed him some bread and cheese,

and said, "Let us sit down near that plane-tree." We did so, and I

helped myself to some refreshment. While looking at him more closely, as

he was eating with a voracious appetite, I saw that he was faint, and of

a hue like boxwood. His natural color, in fact, had so forsaken him,

that as I recalled those nocturnal furies to my frightened imagination,

the very first piece of bread I put in my mouth, though exceedingly

small, stuck in the middle of my throat and would pass neither downward

nor upward. Besides, the number of people passing along increased my

fears; for who would believe that one of two companions could meet his

death except at the hands of the other?

Presently, after having gorged himself with food, he began to be

impatient for some drink, for he had bolted the larger part of an

excellent cheese. Not far from the roots of the plane-tree a gentle

stream flowed slowly along, like a placid lake, rivaling silver

or crystal.

"Look," said I: "drink your fill of the water of this stream, bright as

the Milky Way."

He arose, and, wrapping himself in his cloak, with his knees doubled

under him, knelt down upon the shelving bank and bent greedily toward

the water. Scarcely had he touched its surface with his lips, when the

wound in his throat burst open and the sponge rolled out, a few drops of

blood with it; and his lifeless body would have fallen into the river

had I not laid hold of one of his feet, and dragged him with great

difficulty and labor to the top of the bank. There, having mourned my

hapless comrade as much as there was time, I buried him in the sandy

soil that bordered the stream. Then, trembling and terror-stricken, I

fled through various unfrequented places; and as though guilty of

homicide, abandoned my country and my home, embraced a voluntary exile,

and now dwell in Ætolia, where I have married another wife.

Translated for 'A Library of the World's Best Literature.'

THE AWAKENING OF CUPID

[The radical difference in the constituent parts of the

'Golden Ass' is startling, and is well illustrated by the

selection given previously and that which follows. The story

of the "drummer" comports exactly with the modern idea of

realism in fiction: a vivid and unflinching picture of

manners and morals, full of broad coarse humor and worldly

wit. The story of Cupid and Psyche is the purest, daintiest,

most poetic of fancies; in essence a fairy tale that might be

told of an evening by the fire-light in the second century or

the nineteenth, but embodying also a high and beautiful

allegory, and treated with a delicate art which is in extreme

contrast with the body of the 'Golden Ass.' The difference is

almost as striking as between Gray's lampoon on "Jemmy

Twitcher" and his 'Bard' or 'Elegy'; or between

Aristophanes's revels in filth and his ecstatic soarings into

the heavenliest regions of poetry.

The contrast is even more rasping when we remember that the

tale is not put into the mouth of a girl gazing dreamily into

the glowing coals on the hearth, or of some elegant reciter

amusing a social group in a Roman drawing-room or garden,

but of a grizzled hag who is maid of all work in a robbers'

cave. She tells it to divert the mind of a lovely young bride

held for ransom. It begins like a modern fairy tale, with a

great king and queen who had "three daughters of remarkable

beauty," the loveliest being the peerless Psyche. Even Venus

becomes envious of the honors paid to Psyche's charms, and

summons Cupid to wing one of his shafts which shall cause her

"to be seized with the most burning love for the lowest of

mankind," so as to disgrace and ruin her. Cupid undertakes

the task, but instead falls in love with her himself.

Meanwhile an oracle from Apollo, instigated by Venus, dooms

her to be sacrificed in marriage to some unknown aërial

monster, who must find her alone on a naked rock. She is so

placed, awaiting her doom in terror; but the zephyrs bear her

away to the palace of Love. Cupid hides her there, lest Venus

wreak vengeance on them both: and there, half terrified but

soon soothed, in the darkness of night she hears from Cupid

that he, her husband, is no monster, but the fairest of

immortals. He will not disclose his identity, however; not

only so, but he tenderly warns her that she must not seek to

discover it, or even to behold him, till he gives permission,

unless she would bring hopeless disaster on both. Nor must

she confide in her two sisters, lest their unwisdom or sudden

envy cause harm.

The simple-hearted and affectionate girl, however, in her

craving for sympathy, cannot resist the temptation to boast

of her happiness to her sisters. She invites them to pass a

day in her magnificent new home, and tells contradictory

stories about her husband. Alas! they depart bitterly

envious, and plotting to make her ruin her own joy out of

fear and curiosity.]

"What are we to say, sister, [said one to the other] of the monstrous

lies of that silly creature? At one time her husband is a young man,

with the down just showing itself on his chin; at another he is of

middle age, and his hair begins to be silvered with gray.... You may

depend upon it, sister, either the wretch has invented these lies to

deceive us, or else she does not know herself how her husband looks.

Whichever is the case, she must be deprived of these riches as soon as

possible. And yet, if she is really ignorant of her husband's

appearance, she must no doubt have married a god, and who knows what

will happen? At all events, if--which heaven forbid--she does become the

mother of a divine infant, I shall instantly hang myself. Meanwhile let

us return to our parents, and devise some scheme based on what we have

just been saying."

The sisters, thus inflamed with jealousy, called on their parents in a

careless and disdainful manner; and after being kept awake all night by

the turbulence of their spirits, made all haste at morning to the rock,

whence, by the wonted assistance of the breeze, they descended swiftly

to Psyche, and with tears squeezed out by rubbing their eyelids, thus

craftily addressed her:--

"Happy indeed are you, and fortunate in your very ignorance of so heavy

a misfortune. There you sit, without a thought of danger; while we, your

sisters, who watch over your interests with the most vigilant care, are

in anguish at your lost condition. For we have learned as truth, and as

sharers in your sorrows and misfortunes cannot conceal it from you, that

it is an enormous serpent, gliding along in many folds and coils, with a

neck swollen with deadly venom, and prodigious gaping jaws, that

secretly sleeps with you by night. Remember the Pythian Oracle. Besides,

a great many of the husbandmen, who hunt all round the country, and ever

so many of the neighbors, have observed him returning home from his

feeding-place in the evening. All declare, too, that he will not long

continue to pamper you with delicacies, but will presently devour you.

Will you listen to us, who are so anxious for your precious safety, and

avoiding death, live with us secure from danger, or die horribly? But if

you are fascinated by your country home, or by the endearments of a

serpent, we have at all events done our duty toward you, like

affectionate sisters."

Poor, simple, tender-hearted Psyche was aghast with horror at this

dreadful story; and quite bereft of her senses, lost all remembrance of

her husband's admonitions and of her own promises, and hurled herself

headlong into the very abyss of calamity. Trembling, therefore, with

pale and livid cheeks and an almost lifeless voice, she faltered out

these broken words:--

"Dearest sisters, you have acted toward me as you ought, and with your

usual affectionate care; and indeed, it appears to me that those who

gave you this information have not invented a falsehood. For, in fact, I

have never yet beheld my husband's face, nor do I know at all whence he

comes. I only hear him speak in an undertone by night, and have to bear

with a husband of an unknown appearance, and one that has an utter

aversion to the light of day. He may well, therefore, be some monster or

other. Besides, he threatens some shocking misfortune as the consequence

of indulging any curiosity to view his features. So, then, if you are

able to give any aid to your sister in this perilous emergency, don't

delay a moment."

[One of them replies:--]

"Since the ties of blood oblige us to disregard peril when your safety

is to be insured, we will tell you the only means of safety. We have

considered it over and over again. On that side of the bed where you are

used to lie, conceal a very sharp razor; and also hide under the

tapestry a lighted lamp, well trimmed and full of oil. Make these

preparations with the utmost secrecy. After the monster has glided into

bed as usual, when he is stretched out at length, fast asleep and

breathing heavily, as you slide out of bed, go softly along with bare

feet and on tiptoe, and bring out the lamp from its hiding-place; then

having the aid of its light, raise your right hand, bring down the

weapon with all your might, and cut off the head of the creature at the

neck. Then we will bring you away with all these things, and if you

wish, will wed you to a human creature like yourself."

[They then depart, fearing for themselves if they are near

when the catastrophe happens.]

But Psyche, now left alone, except so far as a person who is agitated by

maddening Furies is not alone, fluctuated in sorrow like a stormy sea;

and though her purpose was fixed and her heart was resolute when she

first began to make preparations for the impious work, her mind now

wavered, and feared. She hurried, she procrastinated; now she was bold,

now tremulous; now dubious, now agitated by rage; and what was the most

singular thing of all, in the same being she hated the beast and loved

the husband. Nevertheless, as the evening drew to a close, she hurriedly

prepared the instruments of her enterprise.

The night came, and with it her husband. After he fell asleep, Psyche,

to whose weak body and spirit the cruel influence of fate imparted

unusual strength, uncovered the lamp, and seized the knife with the

courage of a man. But the instant she advanced, she beheld the very

gentlest and sweetest of all creatures, even Cupid himself, the

beautiful God of Love, there fast asleep; at sight of whom, the joyous

flame of the lamp shone with redoubled vigor, and the sacrilegious

dagger repented the keenness of its edge.

But Psyche, losing the control of her senses, faint, deadly pale, and

trembling all over, fell on her knees, and made an attempt to hide the

blade in her own bosom; and this no doubt she would have done had not

the blade, dreading the commission of such a crime, glided out of her

rash hand. And now, faint and unnerved as she was, she felt herself

refreshed at heart by gazing upon the beauty of those divine features.

She looked upon the genial locks of his golden head, teeming with

ambrosial perfume, the circling curls that strayed over his milk-white

neck and roseate cheeks, and fell gracefully entangled, some before and

some behind, causing the very light of the lamp itself to flicker by

their radiant splendor. On the shoulders of the god were dewy wings of

brilliant whiteness; and though the pinions were at rest, yet the tender

down that fringed the feathers wantoned to and fro in tremulous,

unceasing play. The rest of his body was smooth and beautiful, and such

as Venus could not have repented of giving birth to. At the foot of his

bed lay his bow, his quiver, and his arrows, the auspicious weapons of

the mighty god.

While with insatiable wonder and curiosity Psyche is examining and

admiring her husband's weapons, she draws one of the arrows out of the

quiver, and touches the point with the tip of her thumb to try its

sharpness; but happening to press too hard, for her hand still trembled,

she punctured the skin, so that some tiny drops of rosy blood oozed

forth. And thus did Psyche, without knowing it, fall in love with Love.

Then, burning more and more with desire for Cupid, gazing passionately

on his face, and fondly kissing him again and again, her only fear was

lest he should wake too soon.

But while she hung over him, bewildered with delight so overpowering,

the lamp, whether from treachery or baneful envy, or because it longed

to touch, and to kiss as it were, so beautiful an object, spirted a drop

of scalding oil from the summit of its flame upon the right shoulder of

the god.... The god, thus scorched, sprang from the bed, and seeing the

disgraceful tokens of forfeited fidelity, started to fly away, without a

word, from the eyes and arms of his most unhappy wife. But Psyche, the

instant he arose, seized hold of his right leg with both hands, and hung

on to him, a wretched appendage to his flight through the regions of the

air, till at last her strength failed her, and she fell to the earth.

Translation of Bohn Library, revised.

THOMAS AQUINAS

(1226-1274)

BY EDWIN A. PACE

Thomas Aquinas, philosopher and theologian, was born in 1226, at or near

Aquino, in Southern Italy. He received his early training from the

Benedictines of Monte Cassino. Tradition says he was a taciturn and

seemingly dull boy, derisively nicknamed by his fellows "the dumb ox,"

but admired by his teachers. He subsequently entered the University of

Naples. While studying there he joined the Dominican Order, and was sent

later on to Cologne, where he became a pupil of Albertus Magnus. In 1251

he went to Paris, took his degrees in theology, and began his career as

a teacher in the University. His academic work there was continued, with

slight interruptions, till 1261. The eleven years which followed were

spent partly in Rome, where Thomas enjoyed the esteem of Urban IV. and

Clement IV., and partly in the cities of Northern Italy, which he

visited in the interest of his Order. During this period he produced the

greatest of his works, and won such repute as a theologian that the

leading universities made every effort to secure him as a teacher. He

was appointed to a professorship at Naples, where he remained from 1272

until the early part of 1274. Summoned by Gregory X. to take part in the

Council of Lyons, he set out on his journey northward, but was compelled

by illness to stop at Fossa Nuova. Here he died March 7th, 1274. He was

canonized in 1323, and was proclaimed a doctor of the Church by Pius

V. in 1567.

[Illustration: THOMAS AQUINAS]

These honors were merited by a remarkable combination of ability and

virtue. To an absolute purity of life, St. Thomas added an earnest love

of truth and of labor. Calm in the midst of discussion, he was equally

proof against the danger of brilliant success. As the friend of popes

and princes, he might have attained the highest dignities; but these he

steadfastly declined, devoting himself, so far as his duty permitted, to

scientific pursuits. Judged by his writings, he was intense yet

thoroughly objective, firm in his own position but dispassionate in

treating the opinions of others. Conclusions reached by daring

speculation and faultless logic are stated simply, impersonally. Keen

replies are given without bitterness, and the boldest efforts of reason

are united with the submissiveness of faith.

His works fill twenty-five large quarto volumes of the Parma edition.

This is, so far, the most complete collection, though various portions

have been edited from time to time with the commentaries of learned

theologians like Cajetan and Sylvius. Partial translations have also

been made into several modern languages; but as yet there is no complete

English edition of St. Thomas.

Turning to the Latin text, the student cannot but notice the contrast

between the easy diction of modern philosophical writers and the rugged

conciseness of the mediæval Schoolman. On the other hand, disappointment

awaits those who quit the pages of Cicero for the less elegant Latinity

of the Middle Ages. What can be said in favor of scholastic "style" is

that it expresses clearly and tersely the subtle shades of thought which

had developed through thirteen centuries, and which often necessitated a

sacrifice of classic form. With the Schoolmen, as with modern writers on

scientific subjects, precision was the first requisite, and terminology

was of more consequence than literary beauty.

Similar standards must be kept in view when we pass judgment upon the

technique of St. Thomas. In his presentation we find neither the

eloquence nor the rhetoric of the Fathers. He quotes them continually,

and in some of his works adopts their division into books and chapters.

But his exposition is more compact, consisting at times of clear-cut

arguments in series without an attempt at transition, at other times of

sustained reasoning processes in which no phrase is superfluous and no

word ambiguous. Elsewhere he uses the more rigid mold which was peculiar

to the Scholastic Period, and had been fashioned chiefly by Alexander

Hales. Each subject is divided into so many "questions," and each

question into so many "articles." The "article" begins with the

statement of objections, then discusses various opinions, establishes

the author's position, and closes with a solution of the difficulties

which that position may encounter. This method had its advantages. It

facilitated analysis, and obliged the writer to examine every aspect of

a problem. It secured breadth of view and thoroughness of treatment. It

was, especially, a transparent medium for reason, unbiased by either

sentiment or verbiage.

If such qualities of style and presentation were encouraged by the

environment in which Aquinas pursued his earlier studies, they were also

helpful in the task which he chose as his life-work. This was the

construction of a system in which all the elements of knowledge should

be harmoniously united. An undertaking so vast necessitated a long

preparation, the study of all available sources, and the elucidation of

many detailed problems. Hence, a considerable portion of St. Thomas's

works is taken up with the explanation of Peter Lombard's 'Sententiæ,'

with Commentaries on Aristotle, with Expositions of Sacred Scripture,

collections from the Fathers, and various _opuscula_ or studies on

special subjects. Under the title 'Quæstiones Disputatæ,' numerous

problems in philosophy and theology are discussed at length. But the

synthetic power of Aquinas is shown chiefly in the 'Contra Gentes' and

the 'Summa Theologica,' the former being a defense of Christian belief

with special reference to Arabian philosophy, and the latter a masterly

compendium of rational and revealed truth.

The conception of the 'Summa' was not altogether original. From the

earliest days of the Church, men of genius had insisted on the

reasonableness of Christian belief by showing that, though supernatural

in its origin, it did not conflict with either the facts or the laws of

human knowledge. And as these had found their highest expression in

Greek philosophy, it was natural that this philosophy should serve as a

basis for the elucidation of revealed truth. The early Fathers turned to

Plato, not only because his teaching was so spiritual, but also because

it could be so readily used as a framework for those theological

concepts which Christianity had brought into the world. Thus adopted by

men who were recognized authorities in the Church,--especially men like

Augustine and the Areopagite,--Platonism endured for centuries as the

rational element in dogmatic exposition.

Scholasticism inaugurated a new era. Patristic erudition had gathered a

wealth of theological knowledge which the Schoolmen fully appreciated.

But the same truths were to receive another setting and be treated by

different methods. Speculation changed its direction, Aristotle taking

the place of his master. The peripatetic system found able exponents in

the earlier Scholastics; but Aquinas surpassed them alike in the mastery

of the philosopher's principles and in his application of these

principles to Christian doctrine. His Commentaries on Aristotle adhere

strictly to the text, dissecting its meaning and throwing into relief

the orderly sequence of ideas. In his other works, he develops the germs

of thought which he had gathered from the Stagirite, and makes them the

groundwork of his philosophical and theological speculations.

With the subtlety of a metaphysician St. Thomas combined a vast

erudition. Quotations from the Fathers appear on nearly every page of

his writings, serving either as a keynote to the discussion which

follows, or as an occasion for solving objections. Toward St. Augustine

he shows the deepest reverence, though their methods differ so widely,

and his brief but lucid comments throw light on difficult sayings of the

great Doctor. His familiarity with patristic theology is shown

particularly in the 'Catena Aurea,' where he links with passages from

the Sacred Text numerous extracts from the older commentators.

His respect for these interpretations did not prevent him from making a

thorough search of Scripture itself. With characteristic clearness and

depth he interpreted various books of the Bible, insisting chiefly on

the doctrinal meaning. The best of his work in this line was devoted to

the Pauline Epistles and to the Book of Job; but his mastery of each

text is no less evident where he takes the authority of Scripture as the

starting-point in theological argument, or makes it the crowning

evidence at the close of a philosophical demonstration.

The materials gathered from Philosophy, Tradition, and Scripture were

the fruit of analysis; the final synthesis had yet to be accomplished.

This was the scope of the 'Summa Theologica,' a work which, though it

was not completed, is the greatest production of Thomas Aquinas. In the

prologue he says:--

"Since the teacher of Catholic truth should instruct not only

those who are advanced, but also those who are beginning, it

is our purpose in this work to treat subjects pertaining to

the Christian religion in a manner adapted to the instruction

of beginners. For we have considered that young students

encounter various obstacles in the writings of different

authors: partly because of the multiplication of useless

questions, articles, and arguments; partly because the

essentials of knowledge are dealt with, not in scientific

order, but according as the explanation of books required or

an occasion for disputing offered; partly because the

frequent repetition of the same things begets weariness and

confusion in the hearer's mind. Endeavoring, therefore, to

avoid these defects and others of a like nature, we shall

try, with confidence in the Divine assistance, to treat of

sacred science briefly and clearly, so far as the

subject-matter will allow."

The work intended for novices in theology, and so unpretentiously

opened, is then portioned out in these words:--

"Whereas, the chief aim of this science is to impart a

knowledge of God, not only as existing in Himself, but also

as the origin and end of all things, and especially of

rational creatures, we therefore shall treat first of God;

second, of the rational creature's tendency toward God;

third, of Christ, who as man is the way whereby we approach

unto God. Concerning God, we shall consider (1) those things

which pertain to the Divine Essence; (2) those which regard

the distinction of persons; (3) those which concern the

origin of creatures from Him. As to the Divine Essence we

shall inquire (1) whether God exists; (2) what is, or rather

what is not, the manner of His existence; (3) how He acts

through His knowledge, will, and power. Under the first

heading we shall ask whether God's existence is self-evident,

whether it can be demonstrated, and whether God does exist."

Similar subdivisions precede each question as it comes up for

discussion, so that the student is enabled to take a comprehensive view,

and perceive the bearing of one problem on another as well as its place

in the wide domain of theology. As a consequence, those who are familiar

with the 'Summa' find in it an object-lesson of breadth, proportion, and

orderly thinking. Its chief merit, however, lies in the fact that it is

the most complete and systematic exhibition of the harmony between

reason and faith. In it, more than in any other of his works, is

displayed the mind of its author. It determines his place in the history

of thought, and closes what may be called the second period in the

development of Christian theology. Scholasticism, the high point of

intellectual activity in the Church, reached its culmination in

Thomas Aquinas.

His works have been a rich source of information for Catholic

theologians, and his opinions have always commanded respect. The

polemics of the sixteenth century brought about a change in theological

methods, the positive and critical elements becoming more prominent.

Modern rationalism, however, has intensified the discussion of those

fundamental problems which St. Thomas handled so thoroughly. As his

writings furnish both a forcible statement of the Catholic position and

satisfactory replies to many current objections, the Thomistic system

has recently been restored. The "neo-scholastic movement" was initiated

by Leo XIII. in his Encyclical 'Æterni Patris,' dated August 4th, 1879,

and its rapid growth has made Aquinas the model of Catholic thought in

the nineteenth century, as he certainly was in the thirteenth.

The subjoined extracts show his views on some questions of actual

importance, with regard not alone to mediæval controversies, but to the

problems of the universe, which will press on the minds of men

twenty-five hundred years in the future as they did twenty-five hundred

years in the past.

[Illustration: Signature: Edw. A. Pace]

ON THE VALUE OF OUR CONCEPTS OF THE DEITY

Part I--From the 'Summa Theologica'

It is obvious that terms implying negation or extrinsic relation in no

way signify the divine substance, but simply the removal of some

attribute from Him, or His relation with other beings, or rather the

relation of other beings with Him. As to appellations that are absolute

and positive,--such as _good, wise_, and the like,--various opinions

have been entertained. It was held by some that these terms, though used

affirmatively, were in reality devised for the purpose of elimination,

and not with the intent of positive attribution. Hence, they claimed,

when we say that God is a living being, we mean that God's existence is

not that of inanimate things; and so on for other predicates. This was

the position of Rabbi Moses. According to another view these terms are

employed to denote a relation between God and creatures; so that for

instance, when we say, God is good, we mean, God is the cause of

goodness in all things.

Both interpretations, however, are open to a threefold objection. For,

in the first place, neither can offer any explanation of the fact that

certain terms are applied to the Deity in preference to others. As He is

the source of all good, so He is the cause of all things corporeal;

consequently, if by affirming that God is good we merely imply that He

is the cause of goodness, we might with equal reason assert that He is a

corporeal being.

Again, the inference from these positions would be that all terms

applied to God have only a secondary import, such, for instance, as we

give to the word _healthy_, as applied to medicine; whereby we signify

that it is productive of health in the organism, while the organism

itself is said, properly and primarily, to be healthy.

In the third place, these interpretations distort the meaning of those

who employ such terms in regard to the Deity. For, when they declare

that He is the living God, they certainly mean something else than that

He is the cause of our life or that He is different from

inanimate bodies.

We are obliged, therefore, to take another view, and to affirm that such

terms denote the substantial nature of God, but that, at the same time,

their representative force is deficient. They express the knowledge

which our intellect has of God; and since this knowledge is gotten from

created things, we know Him according to the measure in which creatures

represent Him. Now God, absolutely and in all respects perfect,

possesses every perfection that is found in His creatures. Each created

thing, therefore, inasmuch as it has some perfection, resembles and

manifests the Deity; not as a being of the same species or genus with

itself, but as a supereminent source from which are derived its effects.

They represent Him, in a word, just as the energy of the terrestrial

elements represents the energy of the sun.

Our manner of speech, therefore, denotes the substance of God, yet

denotes it imperfectly, because creatures are imperfect manifestations

of Him. When we say that God is good, we do not mean that He is the

cause of goodness or that He is not evil. Our meaning is this: What we

call goodness in creatures preexists in God in a far higher way. Whence

it follows, not that God is good because He is the source of good, but

rather, because He is good, He imparts goodness to all things else; as

St. Augustine says, "Inasmuch as He is good, _we are_."

HOW CAN THE ABSOLUTE BE A CAUSE?

From the 'Quæstiones Disputatæ'

The relations which are spoken of as existing between God and creatures

are not really in Him. A real relation is that which exists between two

things. It is mutual or bilateral then, only when its basis in both

correlates is the same. Such is the case in all quantitive relations.

Quantity being essentially the same in all quanta, gives rise to

relations which are real in both terms--in the part, for instance, and

in the whole, in the unit of measurement and in that which is measured.

But where a relation originates in causation, as between that which is

active and that which is passive, it does not always concern both terms.

True, that which is acted upon, or set in motion, or produced, must be

related to the source of these modifications, since every effect is

dependent upon its cause. And it is equally true that such causes or

agencies are in some cases related to their effects, namely, when the

production of those effects redounds in some way to the well-being of

the cause itself. This is evidently what happens when like begets like,

and thereby perpetuates, so far as may be, its own species.... There

are cases, nevertheless, in which a thing, without being related, has

other things related to it. The cognizing subject is related to that

which is the object of cognition--to a thing which is outside the mind.

But the thing itself is in no way affected by this cognition, since the

mental process is confined to the mind, and therefore does not bring

about any change in the object. Hence the relation established by the

act of knowing cannot be in that which is known.

The same holds good of sensation. For though the physical object sets up

changes in the sense-organ, and is related to it as other physical

agencies are related to the things on which they act, still, the

sensation implies, over and above the organic change, a subjective

activity of which the external activity is altogether devoid. Likewise,

we say that a man is at the right of a pillar because, with his power of

locomotion, he can take his stand at the right or the left, before or

behind, above or below. But obviously these relations, vary them as we

will, imply nothing in the stationary pillar, though they are real in

the man who holds or changes his position. Once more, a coin has nothing

to do with the action that gives it its value, since this action is a

human convention; and a man is quite apart from the process which

produces his image. Between a man and his portrait there is a relation,

but this is real in the portrait only. Between the coin and its current

value there is a relation, but this is not real in the coin.

Now for the application. God's action is not to be understood as going

out from Him and terminating in that which He creates. His action is

Himself; consequently altogether apart from the genus of created being

whereby the creature is related to Him. And again, he gains nothing by

creating, or, as Avicenna puts it, His creative action is in the highest

degree generous. It is also manifest that His action involves no

modification of His being--without changing, He causes the changeable.

Consequently, though creatures are related to Him, as effects to their

cause, He is not really related to them.

ON THE PRODUCTION OF LIVING THINGS

From the 'Quæstiones Disputatæ'

According to Augustine, the passage "Let the earth bring forth the green

herb" means, not that plants were then actually produced in their proper

nature, but that a germinative power was given the earth to produce

plants by the work of propagation; so that the earth is then said to

have brought forth the green herb and the fruit-yielding tree, inasmuch

as it received the power of producing them. This position is

strengthened by the authority of Scripture (Gen. ii. 4):--"These are the

generations of the heaven and the earth, when they were created, in the

day that the Lord God made the heaven and the earth, and every plant in

the field before it sprang up in the earth, and every herb in the ground

before it grew." From this text we infer, first, that all the works of

the six days were created in the day that God made heaven and earth and

every plant of the field; and consequently that all plants, which are

said to have been created on the third day, were produced at the same

time that God created heaven and earth. The second inference is that

plants were then produced not actually, but only according to causal

virtues, in that the power to produce them was given to the earth. And

this is meant when it is said that He produced every plant of the field

before it actually arose upon the earth by His dispositive action, and

every herb of the earth before it actually grew. Hence, before they came

forth in reality, they were made causally in the earth.

This view, moreover, is supported by reason. For in those first days God

made the creature either in its cause, or in its origin, or in its

actuality, by the work from which He afterward rested; He nevertheless

works even till now in the administration of things created by the work

of propagation. To this latter process belongs the actual production of

plants from the earth, because all that is needed to bring them forth is

the energy of the heavenly bodies as their father, so to say, and the

power of the earth in place of a mother. Plants, therefore, were

produced on the third day, not actually, but causally. After the six

days, however, they were actually brought forth, according to their

proper species and in their proper nature, by the work of

administration.

THE ARABIAN NIGHTS

BY RICHARD GOTTHEIL

The Arabian Nights--or, more accurately, 'The Thousand Nights and a

Night' (Alf Leilah wa-leílah)--have gained a popularity in Europe, since

they were first turned into a modern language by Galland in 1704, which

rivals, if it does not exceed, their regard in the East. They opened up

to Europe a wealth of anecdote, a fertility of daring fancy, which has

not ceased to amuse and to interest. It is not their value as literature

which has placed them so high in the popular esteem, both in the East

and in the West; for they are written in a style not a little slovenly,

the same scenes, figures, and expressions are repeated to monotony, and

the poetical extracts which are interwoven are often of very uncertain

excellence. Some of the modern translations--as by Payne and

Burton--have improved upon the original, and have often given it a

literary flavor which it certainly has not in the Arabic. For this

reason, native historians and writers seldom range the stories in their

literary chronicles, or even deign to mention them by name. The 'Nights'

have become popular from the very fact that they affect little; that

they are _contes_ pure and simple, picturing the men and the manners of

a certain time without any attempt to gloss over their faults or to

excuse their foibles: so that "the doings of the ancients become a

lesson to those that follow after, that men look upon the admonitory

events that have happened to others and take warning." All classes of

men are to be found there: Harun al-Rashid and his viziers, as well as

the baker, the cobbler, the merchant, the courtesan. The very coarseness

is a part of the picture; though it strikes us more forcibly than it did

those to whom the tales were told and for whom they were written down.

It is a kaleidoscope of the errors and failings and virtues of the men

whose daily life it records; it is also a picture of the wonderfully

rich fantasy of the Oriental mind.

[Illustration:]

In the better texts (_i.e._, of Boulak and Calcutta) there are no less

than about two hundred and fifty stories; some long, others short. There

is no direct order in which they follow one upon the other. The chief

story may at any moment suggest a subordinate one; and as the work

proceeds, the looseness and disconnectedness of the parts increase. The

whole is held together by a "frame"; a device which has passed into the

epic of Ariosto ('Orlando Furioso,' xxviii.), and which is not unlike

that used by Boccaccio ('Decameron') and Chaucer ('Canterbury

Tales'). This "frame" is, in short:--A certain king of India, Shahriyar,

aroused by his wife's infidelity, determines to make an end of all the

women in his kingdom. As often as he takes a wife, on the morrow he

orders her slain. Shahrzad, the daughter of his Vizier, takes upon

herself the task of ridding the king of his evil intent. On the night of

her marriage to the king, she, together with her sister Dunyazad, so

engrosses his mind with her stories that the king seeks their

continuance night after night; thus she wards off her fate for nearly

three years. At the end of that time she has borne the king three male

children; and has, by the sprightliness of her mind, gradually drawn all

the conceit out of him, so that his land is at rest. The tales told

within this frame may be divided into: (_a_) Histories, or long

romances, which are often founded upon historical facts; (_b_) Anecdotes

and short stories, which deal largely with the caliphs of the house of

Abbas; (_c_) Romantic fiction, which, though freely mingled with

supernatural intervention, may also be purely fictitious (_contes

fantastiques_); (_d_) Fables and Apologues; (_e_) Tales, which serve the

teller as the peg upon which to hang and to exhibit his varied learning.

In addition to this "frame," there is a thread running through the

whole; for the grand theme which is played with so many variations is

the picturing of love--in the palace and in the hovel, in the city and

in the desert. The scenes are laid in all the four corners of the globe,

but especially in the two great centres of Muhammadan activity, Bagdad

and Cairo. It is not a matter of chance that Harun al-Rashid is the

Caliph to whom the legends of the 'Nights' have given a crown so very

different from the one which he really wore. Though his character was

often far from that which is pictured here, he was still a patron of art

and of literature. His time was the heyday of Muhammadan splendor; and

his city was the metropolis to which the merchants and the scholars

flocked from the length and breadth of Arab dominion.

To unravel the literary history of such a collection is difficult

indeed, for it has drawn upon all civilizations and all literatures. But

since Hammer-Purgstall and De Sacy began to unwind the skein, many

additional turns have been given. The idea of the "frame" in general

comes undoubtedly from India; and such stories as 'The Barber's Fifth

Brother,' 'The Prince and the Afrit's Mistress,' have been "traced back

to the Hitopadesa, Panchatantra, and Katha Sarit Sagara." The 'Story of

the King, his Seven Viziers, his Son, and his Favorite,' is but a late

version, through the Pahlavi, of the Indian Sindibad Romance of the time

of Alexander the Great. A number of fables are easily paralleled by

those in the famous collection of Bidpai (see the list in Jacobs's 'The

Fables of Bidpai,' London, 1888, lxviii.). This is probably true of the

whole little collection of beast fables in the One Hundred and

Forty-sixth Night; for such fables are based upon the different

reincarnations of the Buddha and the doctrine of metempsychosis. The

story of Jali'ad and the Vizier Shammas is distinctly reported to have

been translated from the Persian into Arabic. Even Greek sources have

not been left untouched, if the picture of the cannibal in the

adventures of Sindbad the Sailor be really a reflex of the story of

Odysseus and Polyphemus. Arabic historians--such as Tabari, Masudi,

Kazwini, al-Jaúzi--and the Kitab al-Aghani, have furnished innumerable

anecdotes and tales; while such old Arabic poets as Imr al-Kais,

Alkamah, Nabhighah, etc., have contributed occasional verses.

It is manifest that such a mass of tales and stories was not composed at

any one time, or in any one place. Many must have floated around in

drinking-rooms and in houses of revelry for a long time before they were

put into one collection. Even to this day the story of Ali Baba is

current among the Bedouins in Sinai. Whenever the digest was first made,

it is certain that stories were added at a later time. This is evident

from the divergences seen in the different manuscripts, and by the

additional stories collected by Payne and Burton. But in their present

form, everything points to the final redaction of the 'Nights' in Egypt.

Of all the cities mentioned, Cairo is described the most minutely; the

manners and customs of the _personæ_ are those of Egyptian society--say

from the thirteenth to the sixteenth century. For this we have the

warrant of Mr. Lane, than whom no one is to be heard upon this subject

with greater respect. That such stories as these were popular in Egypt

seems to follow from the fact that the only mention of them is found in

Makrisi's 'Description of Cairo' (1400) and in Abu al-Mahasin, another

historian of Egypt (1470). The collection cannot have been made later

than 1548, the date placed by a reader on the manuscript used by

Galland. But that its date is not much earlier is shown by various

chance references. The mention of coffee (discovered in the fourteenth

century); of cannon (first mentioned in Egypt in 1383); of the wearing

of different-colored garments by Muslims, Jews, and Christians

(instituted in 1301 by Muhammad ibn Kelaün); of the order of

Carandaliyyah (which did not exist until the thirteenth century); of

Sultani peaches (the city Sultaniyyah was founded in the middle of the

thirteenth century)--point to the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries as

the approximate date of the final composition of the 'Nights.' This is

supported by the mention of the office of the Sheikh al-Islam, an office

not created before the year 1453. Additions, such as the 'Story of Abu

Ker and Abu Zer,' were made as late as the sixteenth century; and

tobacco, which is mentioned, was not introduced into Europe until the

year 1560. The thirteenth, fourteenth, and fifteenth centuries are a

period of the revival of letters in Egypt, which might well have induced

some Arab lover of folk-lore to write down a complete copy of these

tales. The Emperor Salah-al-din (1169) is the last historical personage

mentioned, and there is absolutely no trace of Shiite heresy to be found

in the whole collection. This omission would be impossible had they been

gathered up at the time of the heretical Fatimide dynasty (900-1171).

But it seems equally certain that the 'Nights' did not originate

altogether in the land of the Nile. The figure of Harun al-Rashid, the

many doings in the "City of Peace" (Bagdad), lead us irresistibly over

to the Eastern capital of the Muhammadan Empire. The genii and Afrits

and much of the gorgeous picturing remind one of Persia, or at least of

Persian influence. The Arabs were largely indebted to Persia for

literature of a kind like this; and we know that during the ninth and

tenth centuries many books were translated from the Pahlavi and Syriac.

Thus Ibn al-Mukaffah (760) gave the Arabs the 'Kholanamah,' the

'Amirnamah' (Mirror of Princes), 'Kalilah,' and 'Dimnan.' etc. The

historian Masudi (943) expressly refers the story of the 'Thousand and

One Nights' to a Persian original. "The first who composed such tales

and made use of them were the ancient Persians. The Arabs translated

them, and made others like them." He then continues ('Prairies d'Or,'

ed. De Meynard) and mentions the book 'Hezar Afsane,' which means "a

thousand tales," a book popularly called the 'Thousand and One Nights,'

and containing the story of the king and his vizier, and of his daughter

Shirazaad and her slave-girl Dinazad. Other books of the same kind are

the book of Simas, containing stories of Indian kings and viziers, the

book of Sindibad, etc. (See also 'Hanzæ Ispahanensis Annalium,' ed.

Gottwaldt, 1844, page 41.) A similar statement is made by Abu Yákub

al-Nadim (987) in the 'Fihrist' (ed. Flügel, page 304):--"This book,

'Hezar Afsane,' is said to have been written by the Princess Homai (or

Homain), daughter of Bahman. It comprises a Thousand Nights, but less

than two hundred stories; for a night story often was related in a

number of nights. I have seen it many times complete; but it is in truth

a meagre and uninteresting publication." A translation of the 'Hezar

Afsane' was made into Arabic, and it is again mentioned in the middle of

the twelfth century by Abdulhec al-Házraji; but neither it nor the

original Pahlavi has yet been found. It thus remains a matter of

speculation as to how much of the 'Hezar Afsane' has found its way into

the 'Nights.' It is evident that to it they are indebted for the whole

general idea, for many of the principal names, and probably for the

groundwork of a great many of the stories. The change of the title from

'The Thousand' to 'The Thousand and One' is due to the fact that the

Arabs often expressed "a large number" by this second cipher. But the

'Nights' cannot be a translation from the Persian; for the other two

books mentioned by Masudi are in the Arabic collection. Lane supposes

the relationship to be that of the 'Æneid' to the 'Odyssey.' But it is

probably closer: one fifth of the collection which, according to Payne,

is common to all manuscripts, will doubtless be found to be based on the

Pahlavi original. That the dependence is not greater is evident from the

absence of the great heroes of the Persian Epos--Feridun, Zer,

Isfandyar, etc. The heroes are all Arabs; the life depicted is

wholly Arabic.

The original Persian 'Nights' must be quite old. Homai, the Persian

Semiramis, is mentioned in the 'Avesta'; and in Firdausi she is the

daughter and the wife of Artaxerxes Longimanus (B.C. 465-425). Her

mother was a Jewess, Shahrazaad, one of the captives brought from

Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar; she afterward delivered her nation from

captivity. Tabari calls Esther, of Old Testament fame, the mother of

Bahman; and Professor de Goeje (de Gids, 1886, iii. 385) has cleverly

identified the Homai of the old 'Nights,' not only with Shahrazaad of

the Arabian, but also with Esther of the Bible. That his argument holds

good is seen from its acceptance by Kuenen ('Hist. Krit. Einleitung,' 1,

2, page 222), August Müller (Deutsche Rundschau, 1887), and Darmesteter

('Actes du Huitième Congrès des Orientalistes,' 1893, ii. 196).

The best translations of the 'Nights' have been made by Antoine Galland

in French (12 vols., Paris, 1704-1712); by G. Weil in German (4 vols.,

1838-1842); and in English by E.W. Lane (3 vols., 1839-1841), John Payne

(13 vols., 1882-1884), and Richard Burton (16 vols., 1885-1888). Lane's

and Burton's translations are enriched by copious notes of great value.

[Illustration: Signature: Richard Gottheil]

FROM 'THE STORY OF THE CITY OF BRASS'

Part of Nights 566 and 578: Translation of E.W. Lane

There was in olden time, and in an ancient age and period, in Damascus

of Syria, a King, one of the Khaleefehs, named Abd-El-Melik, the son of

Marwán; and he was sitting, one day, having with him the great men of

his empire, consisting of Kings and Sultans, when a discussion took

place among them respecting the traditions of former nations. They

called to mind the stories of our lord Suleymán the son of Daood (on

both of whom be peace!) and the dominion and authority which God (whose

name be exalted!) had bestowed upon him, over mankind and the Jinn and

the birds and the wild beasts and other things; and they said, We have

heard from those who were before us, that God (whose perfection be

extolled, and whose name be exalted!) bestowed not upon any one the like

of that which He bestowed upon our lord Suleymán, and that he attained

to that to which none other attained, so that he used to imprison the

Jinn and the Márids and the Devils in bottles of brass, and pour molten

lead over them, and seal this cover over them with his signet....

And the Prince of the Faithful, Abd-El-Melik, the son of Marwán,

wondered at these words, and said, Extolled be the perfection of God!

Suleymán was endowed with a mighty dominion!--And among those who were

present in that assembly was En-Fábighah Edh-Dhubyánee; and he said,

Tálib hath spoken truth in that which he hath related, and the proof of

his veracity is the saying of the Wise, the First [thus versified]:--

And [consider] Suleymán, when the Deity said to him, Perform

the office of Khaleefeh, and govern with diligence;

And whoso obeyeth thee, honor him for doing so; and whoso

disobeyeth thee, imprison him forever.

He used to put them into bottles of brass, and to cast them into the

sea.

And the Prince of the Faithful approved of these words, and said, By

Allah, I desire to see some of these bottles! So Tálib the son of Sahl

replied, O Prince of the Faithful, thou art able to do so and yet remain

in thy country. Send to thy brother Abd-El-Azeez, the son of Marwán,

desiring him to bring them to thee from the Western Country, that he may

write orders to Moosà to journey from the Western Country, to this

mountain which we have mentioned, and to bring thee what thou desirest

of these bottles; for the furthest tract of his province is adjacent to

this mountain.--And the Prince of the Faithful approved of his advice,

and said, O Tálib, thou has spoken truth in that which thou hast said,

and I desire that thou be my messenger to Moosà the son of Nuseyr for

this purpose, and thou shalt have a white ensign, together with what

thou shalt desire of wealth or dignity or other things, and I will be

thy substitute to take care of thy family. To this Tálib replied, Most

willingly, O Prince of the Faithful. And the Khaleefeh said to him, Go,

in dependence on the blessing of God, and his aid....

So Tálib went forth on his way to Egypt ... and to Upper Egypt, until

they came to the Emeer Moosà, the son of Nuseyr; and when he knew of his

approach he went forth to him and met him, and rejoiced at his arrival;

and Tálib handed to him the letter. So he took it and read it, and

understood its meaning; and he put it upon his head, saying, I hear and

obey the command of the Prince of the Faithful. He determined to summon

his great men; and they presented themselves; and he inquired of them

respecting that which had been made known to him by the letter;

whereupon they said, O Emeer, if thou desire him who will guide thee to

that place, have recourse to the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad, the son of

Abd-El-Kuddoos Es-Sa-moodee; for he is a knowing man, and hath traveled

much, and he is acquainted with the deserts and wastes and the seas, and

their inhabitants and their wonders, and the countries of their

districts. Have recourse, therefore, to him, and he will direct thee to

the object of thy desire.--Accordingly he gave orders to bring him, and

he came before him; and lo, he was a very old man, whom the vicissitudes

of years and times had rendered decrepit. The Emeer Moosà saluted him,

and said to him, O sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad, our lord the Prince of the

Faithful, Abd-El-Melik the son of Marwán, hath commanded us thus and

thus, and I possess little knowledge of that land, and it hath been told

me that thou art acquainted with that country and the routes. Hast thou

then a wish to accomplish the affair of the Prince of the Faithful?--The

sheykh replied, Know, O Emeer, that this route is difficult, far

extending, with few tracks. The Emeer said to him, How long a period

doth it require? He answered, It is a journey of two years and some

months going, and the like returning; and on the way are difficulties

and horrors, and extraordinary and wonderful things. Moreover, thou art

a warrior for the defense of the faith, and our country is near unto the

enemy; so perhaps the Christians may come forth during our absence; it

is expedient, therefore, that thou leave in thy province one to govern

it.--He replied, Well. And he left his son Hároon as his substitute in

his province, exacted an oath of fidelity to him, and commanded the

troops that they should not oppose him, but obey him in all that he

should order them to do. And they heard his words, and obeyed him. His

son Hároon was of great courage, an illustrious hero, and a bold

champion; and the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad pretended to him that the place

in which were the things that the Prince of the Faithful desired was

four months' journey distant, on the shore of the sea, and that

throughout the whole route were halting-places, adjacent one to another,

and grass and springs. And he said, God will assuredly make this affair

easy to us through the blessing attendant upon thee, O Viceroy of the

Prince of the Faithful. Then the Emeer Moosà said, Knowest thou if any

one of the Kings have trodden this land before us? He answered him, Yes,

O Emeer: this land belonged to the King of Alexandria, Darius the Greek.

[The cavalcade fare on, and soon reach a first "extraordinary

and wonderful thing,"--the palace-tomb of great "Koosh, the

son of Sheddad," full of impressive mortuary inscriptions

that set the party all a-weeping. Thence--]

The soldiers proceeded, with the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad before them

showing them the way, until all the first day had passed, and the

second, and the third. They then came to a high hill, at which they

looked, and lo, upon it was a horseman of brass, on the top of whose

spear was a wide and glistening head that almost deprived the beholder

of sight, and on it was inscribed, O thou who comest unto me, if thou

know not the way that leadeth to the City of Brass, rub the hand of the

horseman, and he will turn, and then will stop, and in whatsoever

direction he stoppeth, thither proceed, without fear and without

difficulty; for it will lead thee to the City of Brass.--And when the

Emeer Moosà had rubbed the hand of the horseman, it turned like the

blinding lightning, and faced a different direction from that in which

they were traveling.

The party therefore turned thither and journeyed on, and it was the

right way. They took that route, and continued their course the same day

and the next night until they had traversed a wide tract of country. And

as they were proceeding, one day, they came to a pillar of black stone,

wherein was a person sunk to his arm-pits, and he had two huge wings,

and four arms; two of them like those of the sons of Adam, and two like

the forelegs of lions, with claws. He had hair upon his head like the

tails of horses, and two eyes like two burning coals, and he had a third

eye, in his forehead, like the eye of the lynx, from which there

appeared sparks of fire. He was black and tall; and he was crying out,

Extolled be the perfection of my Lord, who hath appointed me this severe

affliction and painful torture until the day of resurrection! When the

party beheld him, their reason fled from them, and they were stupefied

at the sight of his form, and retreated in flight; and the Emeer Moosà

said to the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad, What is this? He answered, I know not

what he is. And the Emeer said, Draw near to him, and investigate his

case: perhaps he will discover it, and perhaps thou wilt learn his

history. The sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad replied, May God amend the state of

the Emeer! Verily we fear him.--Fear ye not, rejoined the Emeer; for he

is withheld from injuring you and others by the state in which he is. So

the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad drew near to him, and said to him, O thou

person, what is thy name, and what is thy nature, and what hath placed

thee here in this manner? And he answered him, As to me, I am an 'Efreet

of the Jinn, and my name is Dáhish the son of El-Amash, and I am

restrained here by the majesty, confined by the power, [of God,]

tormented as long as God (to whom be ascribed might and glory!) willeth.

Then the Emeer Moosà said, O sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad, ask him what is the

cause of his confinement in this pillar. He therefore asked respecting

that, and the 'Efreet answered him, Verily my story is wonderful, and

it is this:

[The Evil Spirit narrates to them his history, being part of

the famous war between Solomon and the Jinn.]

The party therefore wondered at him, and at the horrible nature of his

form; and the Emeer Moosà said, There is no deity but God! Suleymán was

endowed with a mighty dominion!--And the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad said to

the 'Efreet, O thou, I ask thee concerning a thing of which do thou

inform us. The 'Efreet replied, Ask concerning what thou wilt. And the

sheykh said, Are there in this place any of the 'Efreets confined in

bottles of brass from the time of Suleymán, on whom be peace? He

answered, Yes, in the Sea of El-Karkar, where are a people of the

descendants of Nooh (on whom be peace!), whose country the deluge

reached not, and they are separated there from [the rest of] the sons of

Adam.--And where, said the sheykh, is the way to the City of Brass, and

the place wherein are the bottles? What distance is there between us and

it? The 'Efreet answered, It is near. So the party left him and

proceeded; and there appeared to them a great black object, with two

[seeming] fires corresponding with each other in position, in the

distance, in that black object; whereupon the Emeer Moosà said to the

sheykh, What is this great black object, and what are these two

corresponding fires? The guide answered him, Be rejoiced, O Emeer; for

this is the City of Brass, and this is the appearance of it that I find

described in the Book of Hidden Treasures; that its wall is of black

stones, and it hath two towers of brass of El-Andalus, which the

beholder seeth resembling two corresponding fires; and thence it is

named the City of Brass. They ceased not to proceed until they arrived

at it; and lo, it was lofty, strongly fortified, rising high into the

air, impenetrable: the height of its walls was eighty cubits, and it had

five and twenty gates, none of which would open but by means of some

artifice; and there was not one gate to it that had not, within the

city, one like it: such was the beauty of the construction and

architecture of the city. They stopped before it, and endeavored to

discover one of its gates; but they could not; and the Emeer Moosà said

to the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad, O sheykh, I see not to this city any gate.

The sheykh replied, O Emeer, thus do I find it described in the Book of

Hidden Treasures; that it hath five and twenty gates, and that none of

its gates may be opened but from within the city. And how, said the

Emeer, can we contrive to enter it, and divert ourselves with a view of

its wonders?

Then the Emeer Moosà ordered one of his young men to mount a camel, and

ride round the city, in the hope that he might discover a trace of a

gate, or a place lower than that to which they were opposite. So one of

his young men mounted, and proceeded around it for two days with their

nights, prosecuting his journey with diligence, and not resting; and

when the third day arrived, he came in sight of his companions, and he

was astounded at that which he beheld of the extent of the city, and its

height. Then he said, O Emeer, the easiest place in it is this place at

which ye have alighted. And thereupon the Emeer Moosà took Tálib the son

of Sahl, and the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad, and they ascended a mountain

opposite the city, and overlooking it; and when they had ascended that

mountain, they saw a city than which eyes had not beheld any greater.

Its pavilions were lofty, and its domes were shining; its mansions were

in good condition, and its rivers were running; its trees were fruitful,

and its gardens bore ripe produce. It was a city with impenetrable

gates, empty, still, without a voice or a cheering inhabitant, but

the owl hooting in its quarters, and birds skimming in circles in

its areas, and the raven croaking in its districts and its great

thoroughfare-streets, and bewailing those who had been in it. The Emeer

Moosà paused, sorrowing for its being devoid of inhabitants, and its

being despoiled of people and dwellers; and he said, Extolled be the

perfection of Him whom ages and times change not, the Creator of the

creation by his power! And while he was extolling the perfection of God,

(to whom be ascribed might and glory!) he happened to look aside, and

lo, there were seven tablets of white marble, appearing from a distance.

So he approached them, and behold, they were sculptured and inscribed;

and he ordered that their writing should be read: therefore the sheykh

Abd-Es-Samad advanced and examined them and read them; and they

contained admonition, and matter for example and restraint, unto those

endowed with faculties of discernment. Upon the first tablet was

inscribed, in the ancient Greek character,--

O son of Adam, how heedless art thou of the case of him who

hath been before thee! Thy years and age have diverted thee

from considering him. Knowest thou not that the cup of death

will be filled for thee, and that in a short time thou wilt

drink it? Look then to thyself before entering thy grave.

Where are those who possessed the countries and abased the

servants of God and led armies? Death hath come upon them;

and God is the terminator of delights and the separator of

companions and the devastator of flourishing dwellings; so He

hath transported them from the amplitude of palaces to the

straightness of the graves.

And in the lower part of the tablet were inscribed these verses:--

Where are the Kings and the peoplers of the earth? They have

quitted that which they have built and peopled;

And in the grave they are pledged for their past actions: there

after destruction, they have become putrid corpses.

Where are the troops? They repelled not, nor profited. And

where is that which they collected and hoarded?

The decree of the Lord of the Throne surprised them. Neither

riches nor refuge saved them from it.

And the Emeer Moosà fainted; his tears ran down upon his cheeks, and he

said, By Allah, indifference to the world is the most appropriate and

the most sure course! Then he caused an inkhorn and a paper to be

brought, and he wrote the inscription of the first tablet; after which

he drew near to the second tablet, and the third, and the fourth; and

having copied what was inscribed on them, he descended from the

mountain; and the world had been pictured before his eyes.

And when he came back to the troops, they passed the day devising means

of entering the city; and the Emeer Moosà said to his Wezeer, Tálib the

son of Sahl, and to those of his chief officers who were around him, How

shall we contrive to enter the city, that we may see its wonders?

Perhaps we shall find in it something by which we may ingratiate

ourselves with the Prince of the Faithful.--Tálib the son of Sahl

replied, May God continue the prosperity of the Emeer! Let us make a

ladder, and mount upon it, and perhaps we shall gain access to the gate

from within.--And the Emeer said, This is what occurred to my mind, and

excellent is the advice. Then he called to the carpenters and

blacksmiths, and ordered them to make straight some pieces of wood, and

to construct a ladder covered with plates of iron. And they did so, and

made it strong. They employed themselves in constructing it a whole

month, and many men were occupied in making it. And they set it up and

fixed it against the wall, and it proved to be equal to the wall in

height, as though it had been made for it before that day. So the Emeer

Moosà wondered at it, and said, God bless you! It seemeth, from the

excellence of your work, as though ye had adapted it by measurement to

the wall.--He then said to the people, Which of you will ascend this

ladder, and mount upon the wall, and walk along it, and contrive means

of descending into the city, that he may see how the case is, and then

inform us of the mode of opening the gate? And one of them answered, I

will ascend it, O Emeer, and descend and open the gate. The Emeer

therefore replied, Mount. God bless thee!--Accordingly, the man ascended

the ladder until he reached the top of it; when he stood, and fixed his

eyes towards the city, clapped his hands, and cried out with his loudest

voice, saying, Thou art beautiful! Then he cast himself down into the

city, and his flesh became mashed with his bones. So the Emeer Moosà

said, This is the action of the rational. How then will the insane act?

If we do thus with all our companions, there will not remain of them

one; and we shall be unable to accomplish our affair, and the affair of

the Prince of the Faithful. Depart ye; for we have no concern with this

city.--But one of them said, Perhaps another than this may be more

steady than he. And a second ascended, and a third, and a fourth, and a

fifth; and they ceased not to ascend by that ladder to the top of the

wall, one after another, until twelve men of them had gone, acting as

acted the first. Therefore the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad said, There is none

for this affair but myself, and the experienced is not like the

inexperienced. But the Emeer Moosà said to him, Thou shalt not do that,

nor will I allow thee to ascend to the top of this wall; for shouldst

thou die, thou wouldst be the cause of the death of us all, and there

would not remain of us one; since thou art the guide of the party. The

sheykh however replied, Perhaps the object will be accomplished by my

means, through the will of God, whose name be exalted! And thereupon all

the people agreed to his ascending.

Then the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad arose, and encouraged himself, and having

said, In the name of God, the Compassionate, the Merciful!--he ascended

the ladder, repeating the praises of God (whose name be exalted!) and

reciting the Verses of Safety, until he reached the top of the wall;

when he clapped his hands, and fixed his eyes. The people therefore all

called out to him, and said, O sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad, do it not, and cast

not thyself down! And they said, Verily to God we belong, and verily

unto him we return! If the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad fall, we all

perish!--Then the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad laughed immoderately, and sat a

long time repeating the praises of God, (whose name be exalted!) and

reciting the Verses of Safety; after which he rose with energy, and

called out with his loudest voice, O Emeer, no harm shall befall you;

for God (to whom be ascribed might and glory!) hath averted from me the

effect of the artifice and fraudulence of the Devil, through the

blessing resulting from the utterance of the words, In the name of God,

the Compassionate, the Merciful.--So the Emeer said to him, What hast

thou seen, O sheykh? He answered, When I reached the top of the wall, I

beheld ten damsels, like moons, who made a sign with their hands, as

though they would say, Come to us. And it seemed to me that beneath me

was a sea (or great river) of water; whereupon I desired to cast myself

down, as our companions did: but I beheld them dead; so I withheld

myself from them, and recited some words of the Book of God, (whose name

be exalted!) whereupon God averted from me the influence of those

damsels' artifice, and they departed from me; therefore I cast not

myself down, and God repelled from me the effect of their artifice and

enchantment. There is no doubt that this is an enchantment and an

artifice which the people of this city contrived in order to repel from

it every one who should desire to look down upon it, and wish to obtain

access to it; and these our companions are laid dead.

He then walked along the wall till he came to the two towers of brass,

when he saw that they had two gates of gold, without locks upon them, or

any sign of the means of opening them. Therefore the sheykh paused as

long as God willed, and looking attentively, he saw in the middle of one

of the gates a figure of a horseman of brass, having one hand extended,

as though he were pointing with it, and on it was an inscription, which

the sheykh read, and lo, it contained these words:--Turn the pin that is

in the middle of the front of the horseman's body twelve times, and then

the gate will open. So he examined the horseman, and in the middle of

the front of his body was a pin, strong, firm, well fixed; and he turned

it twelve times; whereupon the gate opened immediately, with a noise

like thunder; and the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad entered. He was a learned

man, acquainted with all languages and characters. And he walked on

until he entered a long passage, whence he descended some steps, and he

found a place with handsome wooden benches, on which were people dead,

and over their heads were elegant shields, and keen swords, and strung

bows, and notched arrows. And behind the [next] gate were a bar of iron,

and barricades of wood, and locks of delicate fabric, and strong

apparatus. Upon this, the sheykh said within himself, Perhaps the keys

are with these people. Then he looked, and lo, there was a sheykh who

appeared to be the oldest of them, and he was upon a high wooden bench

among the dead men. So the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad said, May not the keys

of the city be with this sheykh? Perhaps he was the gate-keeper of the

city, and these were under his authority. He therefore drew near to him,

and lifted up his garments, and lo, the keys were hung to his waist. At

the sight of them, the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad rejoiced exceedingly; his

reason almost fled from him in consequence of his joy: and he took the

keys, approached the gate, opened the locks, and pulled the gate and the

barricades and other apparatus which opened, and the gate also opened,

with a noise like thunder, by reason of its greatness and terribleness,

and the enormousness of its apparatus. Upon this, the sheykh exclaimed,

God is most great!--and the people made the same exclamation with him,

rejoicing at the event. The Emeer Moosà also rejoiced at the safety of

the sheykh 'Abd-Es-Samad, and at the opening of the gate of the city;

the people thanked the sheykh for that which he had done, and all the

troops hastened to enter the gate. But the Emeer Moosà cried out to

them, saying to them, O people, if all of us enter, we shall not be

secure from some accident that may happen. Half shall enter, and half

shall remain behind.

The Emeer Moosà then entered the gate, and with him half of the people,

who bore their weapons of war. And the party saw their companions lying

dead: so they buried them. They saw also the gate-keepers and servants

and chamberlains and lieutenants lying upon beds of silk, all of them

dead. And they entered the market of the city, and beheld a great

market, with lofty buildings, none of which projected beyond another:

the shops were open, and the scales hung up, and the utensils of brass

ranged in order, and the kháns were full of all kinds of goods. And they

saw the merchants dead in their shops: their skins were dried, and their

bones were carious, and they had become examples to him who would be

admonished. They saw likewise four markets of particular shops filled

with wealth. And they left this place, and passed on to the silk-market,

in which were silks and brocades interwoven with red gold and white

silver upon various colours, and the owners were dead, lying upon skins,

and appearing almost as though they would speak. Leaving these, they

went on to the market of jewels and pearls and jacinths; and they left

it, and passed on to the market of the money-changers, whom they found

dead, with varieties of silks beneath them, and their shops were filled

with gold and silver. These they left, and they proceeded to the market

of the perfumers; and lo, their shops were filled with varieties of

perfumes, and bags of musk, and ambergris, and aloes-wood, and nedd, and

camphor, and other things; and the owners were all dead, not having with

them any food. And when they went forth from the market of the

perfumers, they found near unto it a palace, decorated, and strongly

constructed; and they entered it, and found banners unfurled, and drawn

swords, and strung bows, and shields hung up by chains of gold and

silver, and helmets gilded with red gold. And in the passages of that

palace were benches of ivory, ornamented with plates of brilliant gold,

and with silk, on which were men whose skins had dried upon the bones:

the ignorant would imagine them to be sleeping; but, from the want of

food, they had died, and tasted mortality. Upon this, the Emeer Moosà

paused, extolling the perfection of God (whose name be exalted!) and his

holiness, and contemplating the beauty of that palace.

[They find the palace a marvel of splendor, but as awfully

silent and mausoleum-like as the rest of the city; and soon

reach a magnificent hall in which lies the dead body of

"Jedmur, the Daughter of the King of the Amalekites,"

magnificently laid in state, and magically preserved and

protected. Tálib unwisely and covetously attempts to rob the

corpse of jewels; and is instantly beheaded by its enchanted

guards. The Emeer Moosà and the sage 'Abd-Es-Samad, however,

leave the place in safety, return to Upper Egypt and Syria by

way of the Country of the Blacks, succeed in securing twelve

of the wonderful bottles containing Jinn,--and the tale

concludes with the Emeer Moosà's resignation of his throne

that he may die in Jerusalem, so profoundly has he been

affected by the adventure.]

FROM 'THE HISTORY OF KING OMAR BEN ENNUMAN, AND

HIS SONS SHERKAN AND ZOULMEKAN'

Nights 15, 16, 17, and 18: Translation of Professor John Payne

THE MEETING OF PRINCE SHERKAN AND PRINCESS ABRIZEH

There reigned once in the City of Peace [Bagdad], before the Khalifate

of Abdulmelik ben Merwan, a king called Omar ben Ennuman, who was of the

mighty giants, and had subdued the kings of Persia and the emperors of

the East, for none could warm himself at his fire nor cope with him in

battle; and when he was angry there came sparks out of his nostrils. He

had gotten him dominion over all countries, and God had subjected unto

him all creatures; his commands were obeyed in all the great cities, and

his armies penetrated the most distant lands: the East and West came

under his rule, with the regions between them, Hind and Sind and China

and Hejaz and Yemen and the islands of India and China, Syria and

Mesopotamia and the lands of the blacks and the islands of the ocean,

and all the famous rivers of the earth, Jaxartes and Bactrus and Nile

and Euphrates. He sent his ambassadors to the farthest parts of the

earth to fetch him true report, and they returned with tidings of

justice and peace, bringing him assurance of loyalty and obedience, and

invocations of blessings on his head; for he was a right noble king, and

there came to him gifts and tribute from all parts of the world. He had

a son called Sherkan, who was one of the prodigies of the age and the

likest of all men to his father, who loved him with an exceeding love

and had appointed him to be king after him. The prince grew up till he

reached man's estate, and was twenty years old, and God subjected all

men to him, for he was gifted with great might and prowess in battle,

humbling the champions and destroying all who made head against him. So,

before long, this Sherkan became famous in all quarters of the world,

and his father rejoiced in him; and his might waxed till he passed all

bounds, and magnified himself, taking by storm the citadels and

strong places.

[The Prince being sent to assist King Afridoun, of the

Greeks, against an enemy, is intrusted with an army of ten

thousand soldiers, and leaves Bagdad in military state.]

Then they loaded the beasts and beat the drums and blew the clarions and

unfurled the banners and the standards, whilst Sherkan mounted, with the

Vizier Dendan by his side, and the standards waving over them; and the

army set out and fared on with the [Greek] ambassadors in the van till

the day departed and the night came, when they halted and encamped for

the night. On the morrow, as soon as God brought in the day, they took

horse and continued their march, nor did they cease to press onward,

guided by the ambassadors, for the space of twenty days. On the

twenty-first day, at nightfall, they came to a wide and fertile valley

whose sides were thickly wooded and covered with grass, and there

Sherkan called a three-days' halt. So they dismounted and pitched their

tents, dispersing right and left in the valley, whilst the Vizier Dendan

and the ambassadors alighted in the midst.

As for Sherkan, when he had seen the tents pitched and the troops

dispersed on either side, and had commanded his officers and attendants

to camp beside the Vizier Dendan, he gave reins to his horse, being

minded to explore the valley, and himself to mount guard over the army,

having regard to his father's injunctions and to the fact that they had

reached the frontier of the Land of Roum and were now in the enemy's

country. So he rode on alone, along the valley, till a fourth part of

the night was past, when he grew weary and sleep overcame him so that he

could no longer spur his horse. Now he was used to sleep on horseback;

so when drowsiness got the better of him, he fell asleep, and the horse

paced on with him half the night and entered a forest: but Sherkan awoke

not till the steed smote the earth with his hoof. Then he started from

sleep and found himself among trees: and the moon arose and lighted the

two horizons. He was troubled at finding himself alone in this place,

and spoke the words which whoso says shall never be confounded--that is

to say, "There is no power and no virtue but in GOD, the most High, the

Supreme!" But as he rode on, in fear of the wild beasts, behold the

trees thinned out, and the moon shone out upon a meadow as it were one

of the meads of paradise, and he heard therein the noise of talk and

pleasant laughter, such as ravishes the wit of men. So King Sherkan

dismounted, and tying his horse to a tree, fared on a little further,

till he espied a stream of running water, and heard a woman talking and

saying in Arabic, "By the virtue of the Messiah, this is not handsome of

you! But whoso speaks the word I will throw her down and bind her with

her girdle!" He followed in the direction of the voice, and saw gazelles

frisking and wild cattle pasturing, and birds in their various voices

expressing joy and gladness; and the earth was embroidered with all

manner flowers and green herbs, even as says of it the poet, in the

following verses:--

Earth has no fairer sight to show than this its

blossom-time, With all the gently running streams

that wander o'er its face,

It is indeed the handiwork of God Omnipotent, The

Lord of every noble gift, and Giver of all grace!

Midmost the meadow stood a monastery, and within the inclosure a citadel

that rose high into the air in the light of the moon. The stream passed

through the midst of the monastery; and therenigh sat ten damsels like

moons, high-bosomed maids clad in dresses and ornaments that dazzled the

eyes, as says of them the poet:--

The meadow glitters with the troops Of lovely ones

that wander there;

Its grace and beauty doubled are By these that are

so passing fair;

Virgins, that with their swimming gait, The hearts of

all that see ensnare,

Along whose necks, like trails of grapes, Stream down

the tresses of their hair;

Proudly they walk, with eyes that dart The shafts and

arrows of despair,

And all the champions of the world Are slain by

their seductive air.

Sherkan looked at the ten girls, and saw in their midst a lady like the

moon at its full, with ringleted and shining forehead, great black eyes

and curling brow-locks, perfect in person and attributes, as says

the poet:--

Her beauty beamed on me with glances wonder-bright: The

slender Syrian spears are not so straight and slight:

She laid her veil aside, and, lo, her cheeks rose-red! All manner

of loveliness was in their sweetest sight

The locks that o'er her brow fell down, were like the night,

From out of which there shines a morning of delight.

Then Sherkan heard her say to the girls, "Come on, that I may wrestle

with you, ere the moon set and the dawn come." So they came up to her,

one after another, and she overthrew them, one by one, and bound their

hands behind them, with their girdles. When she had thrown them all,

there turned to her an old woman who was before her, and said, as if she

were wroth with her, "O shameless! dost thou glory in overthrowing these

girls? Behold, I am an old woman, yet have I thrown them forty times! So

what hast thou to boast of? But if thou have strength to wrestle with

me, stand up that I may grip thee, and put thy head between thy feet."

The young lady smiled at her words, although her heart was full of anger

against her, and said, "O my lady Dhat ed Dewahi, wilt indeed wrestle

with me--or dost thou jest with me?" "I mean to wrestle with thee in

very deed," replied she. "Stand up to me then," said the damsel, "if

thou have strength to do so!" When the old woman heard this she was sore

enraged, and her hair stood on end like that of a hedgehog. Then she

sprang up, whilst the damsel confronted her ... and they took hold of

one another, whilst Sherkan raised his eyes to heaven and prayed to God

that the damsel might conquer the old hag. Presently ... the old woman

strove to free herself, and in the struggle wriggled out of the girl's

hands and fell on her back ... and behold the young lady ... throwing

over her a veil of fine silk, helped her to dress herself, making

excuses to her and saying, "O my lady Dhat ed Dewahi, I did not mean to

throw thee so roughly, but thou wriggledst out of my hands; so praised

be God for safety." She returned her no answer, but rose in her

confusion and walked away out of sight, leaving the young lady standing

alone, by the other girls thrown down and bound.

Then said Sherkan, "To every fortune there is a cause. Sleep fell not on

me, nor did the steed bear me hither but for my good fortune; for of a

surety this damsel and what is with her shall be my prize." So he turned

back and mounted, and drew his scimitar; then he gave his horse the spur

and he started off with him like an arrow from a bow, whilst he

brandished his naked blade and cried out, "God is most great!" When the

damsel saw him she sprang to her feet, and running to the bank of the

river, which was there six cubits wide, made a spring and landed on the

other side, where she turned, and standing cried out in a loud voice,

"Who art thou, sirrah, that breakest in on our pasture as if thou wert

charging an army? Whence comest thou and whither art thou bound? Speak

the truth and it shall profit thee, and do not lie, for lying is of the

losel's fashion. Doubtless thou hast strayed this night from thy road,

that thou hast happened on this place. So tell me what thou seekest: if

thou wouldst have us set thee in the right road, we will do so; or if

thou seek help we will help thee."

When Sherkan heard her words he replied, "I am a stranger of the

Muslims, who am come out by myself in quest of booty, and I have found

no fairer purchase this moonlit night than these ten damsels; so I will

take them and rejoin my comrades with them." Quoth she, "I would have

thee to know that thou hast not yet come at the booty; and as for these

ten damsels, by Allah, they are no purchase for thee! Indeed the fairest

purchase thou canst look for is to win free of this place: for thou art

in a mead, where, if we gave one cry, there would be with us anon four

thousand knights. Did I not tell thee that lying is shameful?" And he

said, "The fortunate man is he to whom God sufficeth, and who hath no

need of other than him." "By the virtue of the Messiah," replied she,

"did I not fear to have thy death at my hand, I would give a cry that

would fill the meadow on thee, with horse and foot! but I have pity on

the stranger; so, if thou seek booty, I require of thee that thou

dismount from thy horse, and swear to me by thy faith that thou wilt

not approach me with aught of arms, and we will wrestle--I and thou. If

thou throw me, lay me on thy horse and take all of us to thy booty; and

if I throw thee, thou shalt be at my commandment. Swear this to me; for

I fear thy perfidy, since experience has it that as long as perfidy is

in men's natures, to trust in every one is weakness. But if thou wilt

swear I will come over to thee." Quoth Sherkan, "Impose on me whatever

oath thou deemest binding, and I will swear not to draw near thee until

thou hast made thy preparations, and sayest 'Come wrestle with me.' If

thou throw me I have wealth wherewith to ransom myself, and if I throw

thee I shall get fine purchase." Then said she, "Swear to me by Him who

hath lodged the soul in the body and given laws to mankind that thou

wilt not hurt me with aught of violence save in the way of

wrestling--else mayest thou die out of the pale of Islam." "By Allah,"

exclaimed Sherkan, "if a Cadi should swear me, though he were Cadi of

the Cadis, he would not impose on me the like of this oath!" Then he

took the oath she required, and tied his horse to a tree, sunken in the

sea of reverie, and saying in himself, "Glory to Him who fashioned her!"

Then he girt himself, and made ready for wrestling, and said to her,

"Cross the stream to me." Quoth she, "It is not for me to come to thee;

if thou wilt, do thou cross over to me." "I cannot do that," replied he;

and she said, "O boy! I will come to thee." So she gathered her skirts,

and making a spring landed on the other side of the river by him;

whereupon he drew near to her, wondering at her beauty and grace, and

saw a form that the hand of Omnipotence had turned with the leaves of

Jinn, and which had been fostered by divine solicitude, a form on which

the zephyrs of fair fortune had blown, and over whose creation favorable

planets had presided. Then she called out to him saying, "O Muslim, come

and wrestle before the daybreak!" and tucked up her sleeves, showing a

fore-arm like fresh curd; the whole place was lighted up by its

whiteness and Sherkan was dazzled by it. Then he bent forward and

clapped his hands, and she did the like, and they took hold and gripped

each other. He laid his hands on her slender waist ... and fell a

trembling like the Persian reed in the hurricane. So she lifted him up,

and throwing him to the ground sat down on his breast. Then she said to

him, "O Muslim, it is lawful among you to kill Christians: what sayest

thou to my killing thee?" "O my lady," replied he, "as for killing me,

it is unlawful; for our Prophet (whom God bless and preserve!) hath

forbidden the slaying of women and children and old men and monks."

"Since this was revealed unto your prophet," rejoined she, "it behooves

us to be even with him therein; so rise: I give thee thy life, for

beneficence is not lost upon men." Then she got up, and he rose and

brushed the earth from his head, and she said to him, "Be not abashed;

but indeed one who enters the land of the Greeks in quest of booty and

to succor kings against kings, how comes it that there is no strength in

him to defend himself against a woman?" "It was not lack of strength in

me," replied he, "nor was it thy strength that overthrew me, but thy

beauty; so if thou wilt, grant me another bout, it will be of thy

favor." She laughed and said, "I grant thee this: but these damsels have

been long bound, and their arms and shoulders are weary, and it were

fitting I should loose them, since this next bout may peradventure be a

long one." Then she went up to the girls, and unbinding them said to

them in the Greek tongue, "Go and put yourselves in safety, till I have

brought to naught this Muslim." So they went away, whilst Sherkan looked

at them, and they gazed at him and the young lady. Then he and she drew

near again and set to.... But [again by admiration of her beauty] his

strength failed him, and she feeling this, lifted him in her hands

swifter than the blinding lightning and threw him to the ground. He fell

on his back, and she said to him, "Rise: I give thee thy life a second

time. I spared thee before for the sake of thy prophet, for that he

forbade the killing of women, and I do so this second time because of

thy weakness and tender age, and strangerhood: but I charge thee, if

there be in the army sent by King Omar ben Ennuman a stronger than thou,

send him hither and tell him of me." "By Allah, O my lady," replied

Sherkan (and indeed he was greatly incensed against her), "it was not by

thy strength that thou overthrewest me, but by [thy beauty], so that nor

wit nor foresight was left in me. But now, if thou have a mind to try

another fall with me, with my wits about me, I have a right to this one

bout more by the rules of the game, for my presence of mind has now

returned to me." "Hast thou not had enough of wrestling, O conquered

one?" rejoined she. "However, come, if thou wilt: but know that this

bout must be the last." Then they took hold of each other, and he set to

in earnest and warded himself against being thrown down: so they

wrestled awhile and the damsel found in him strength such as she had not

before observed, and said to him, "O Muslim, thou art on thy guard!"

"Yes," replied he, "thou knowest that there remaineth but this bout, and

after each of us will go his own way." She laughed and he laughed too:

then she seized the opportunity to bore in upon him unawares, and

gripping him by the thigh, threw him to the ground, so that he fell on

his back. She laughed at him and said, "Thou art surely an eater of

bran: for thou art like a Bedouin bonnet that falls off at a touch, or a

child's toy that a puff of air overturns. Out on thee, thou poor

creature! Go back to the army of the Muslims and send us other than

thyself, for thou lackest thews; and cry as among the Arabs and Persians

and Turks and Medes, 'Whoso has might in him let him come to us!'" Then

she made a spring and landed on the other side of the stream and said to

Sherkan laughing, "It goes to my heart to part with thee! get thee to

thy friends, O my lord, before the morning, lest the knights come upon

thee and take thee on the points of their lances. Thou hast not strength

enough to defend thee against women; so how couldst thou make head

against men and cavaliers!" And she turned to go back to the monastery.

Sherkan was confounded, and called out to her, saying "O my lady! Wilt

thou go away, and leave the wretched stranger, the broken-hearted slave

of love?" So she turned to him laughing, and said, "What wouldst thou? I

grant thy prayer." "Have I set foot in thy country and tasted the

sweetness of thy favors," replied Sherkan, "and shall I return without

eating of thy victual and tasting of thy hospitality? Indeed, I am

become one of thy servitors." Quoth she, "None but the base refuses

hospitality: on my head and eyes be it! Do me the favor to mount and

ride along the stream, abreast of me, for thou art my guest." At this

Sherkan rejoiced, and hastening back to his horse, mounted and rode

along the river-bank, keeping abreast of her, till he came to a

drawbridge that hung by pulleys and chains of steel, made fast with

hooks and padlocks. Here stood the ten damsels awaiting the lady, who

spoke to one of them in the Greek tongue and said to her, "Go to him;

take his horse's rein and bring him over into the monastery."... They

went on till they reached a vaulted gate, arched over with marble. This

she opened, and entered with Sherkan into a long vestibule, vaulted with

ten arches, from each of which hung a lamp of crystal, shining like the

rays of the sun. The damsels met her at the end of the vestibule,

bearing perfumed flambeaux and having on their heads kerchiefs

embroidered with all manner of jewels, and went on before her, till they

came to the inward of the monastery, where Sherkan saw couches set up

all around, facing one another and overhung with curtains spangled with

gold. The floor was paved with all kinds of variegated marbles, and in

the midst was a basin of water with four and twenty spouts of gold

around it from which issued water like liquid silver; whilst at the

upper end stood a throne covered with silks of royal purple. Then said

the damsel, "O my lord, mount this throne." So he seated himself on it,

and she withdrew: and when she had been absent awhile, he asked the

servants of her, and they said, "She hath gone to her sleeping-chamber;

but we will serve thee as thou shalt order." So they set before him rare

meats, and he ate till he was satisfied, when they brought him a basin

of gold and an ewer of silver and he washed his hands. Then his mind

reverted to his troops, and he was troubled, knowing not what had

befallen them in his absence and thinking how he had forgotten his

father's injunctions, so that he abode, oppressed with anxiety and

repenting of what he had done, till the dawn broke and the day appeared,

when he lamented and sighed and became drowned in the sea of melancholy,

repeating the following verses:--

"I lack not of prudence, and yet in this case, I've been fooled;

so what shift shall avail unto me?

If any could ease me of love and its stress, Of my might and

my virtue I'd set myself free.

But alas! my heart's lost in maze of desire, And no helper save

God in my strait can I see.

Hardly had he finished when up came more than twenty damsels like moons,

encompassing the young lady, who appeared among them as the full moon

among stars. She was clad in royal brocade, and girt with a woven girdle

set with various kinds of jewels that straitly clasped her waist.... On

her head she wore a network of pearls, gemmed with various kinds of

jewels, and she moved with a coquettish, swimming gait, swaying

wonder-gracefully, whilst the damsels held up her skirts.... She fixed

her eyes on him, and considered him awhile, till she was assured of him,

when she came up to him and said, "Indeed the place is honored and

illumined with thy presence, O Sherkan! How didst thou pass the night,

O hero, after we went away and left thee? Verily, lying is a defect and

a reproach in kings; especially in great kings: and thou art Sherkan,

son of King Omar ben Ennuman; so henceforth tell me naught but truth,

and strive not to keep the secret of thy condition, for falsehood

engenders hatred and enmity. The arrow of destiny hath fallen upon thee,

and it behooves thee to show resignation and submission." When Sherkan

heard what she said, he saw nothing for it but to tell her the truth: so

he said, "I am indeed Sherkan, son of Omar ben Ennuman; whom fortune

hath afflicted and cast into this place: so now do whatsoever

thou wilt."

FROM 'SINDBAD THE SEAMAN AND SINDBAD THE LANDSMAN'

Portions of Nights 536 to 542, presenting the Introduction and the first

of the seven 'Voyages': Translation of Captain Sir Richard Burton.

There lived in the city of Bagdad, during the reign of the Commander of

the Faithful, Harun al-Rashid, a man named Sindbad the Hammal [Porter],

one in poor case, who bore burdens on his head for hire. It happened to

him one day of great heat that whilst he was carrying a heavy load, he

became exceeding weary and sweated profusely; the heat and the weight

alike oppressing him. Presently, as he was passing the gate of a

merchant's house, before which the ground was swept and watered, and

where the air was temperate, he sighted a broad bench beside the door;

so he set his load thereon, to take rest and smell the air.--

And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased saying her permitted

say.

NOW WHEN IT WAS THE FIVE HUNDRED AND THIRTY-SEVENTH NIGHT,

She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that when the Hammal

set his load upon the bench to take rest and smell the air, there came

out upon him from the court-door a pleasant breeze and a delicious

fragrance. He sat down on the edge of the bench, and at once heard from

within the melodious sound of lutes and other stringed instruments, and

mirth-exciting voices singing and reciting, together with the song of

birds warbling and glorifying Almighty Allah in various tunes and

tongues; turtles, mockingbirds, merles, nightingales, cushats, and

stone-curlews: whereat he marveled in himself and was moved to mighty

joy and solace. Then he went up to the gate and saw within a great

flower-garden wherein were pages and black slaves, and such a train of

servants and attendants and so forth as is found only with Kings and

Sultans; and his nostrils were greeted with the savory odors of all

manner meats rich and delicate, and delicious and generous wines. So he

raised his eyes heavenwards and said, "Glory to Thee, O Lord, O Creator

and Provider, who providest whomso Thou wilt without count or stint! O

mine Holy One, I cry Thee pardon for all sins and turn to Thee repenting

of all offenses! O Lord, there is no gainsaying Thee in Thine ordinance

and Thy dominion, neither wilt Thou be questioned of that Thou dost, for

Thou indeed over all things art Almighty! Extolled be Thy perfection:

whom Thou wilt Thou makest poor and whom Thou wilt Thou makest rich!

Whom Thou wilt Thou exaltest and whom Thou wilt Thou abasest, and there

is no god but Thou! How mighty is Thy majesty and how enduring Thy

dominion and how excellent Thy government! Verily, Thou favorest whom

Thou wilt of Thy servants, whereby the owner of this place abideth in

all joyance of life and delighteth himself with pleasant scents and

delicious meats and exquisite wines of all kinds. For indeed Thou

appointest unto Thy creatures that which Thou wilt and that which Thou

hast foreordained unto them; wherefore are some weary and others are at

rest, and some enjoy fair fortune and affluence whilst others suffer the

extreme of travail and misery, even as I do." And he fell to reciting:

How many by my labors, that evermore endure, All goods of

life enjoy and in cooly shade recline?

Each morn that dawns I wake in travail and in woe, And

strange is my condition and my burden gars me pine:

Many others are in luck and from miseries are free, And Fortune

never loads them with loads the like o' mine:

They live their happy days in all solace and delight; Eat, drink,

and dwell in honor 'mid the noble and the digne:

All living things were made of a little drop of sperm, Thine

origin is mine and my provenance is thine;

Yet the difference and distance 'twixt the twain of us are far As

the difference of savor 'twixt vinegar and wine:

But at Thee, O God All-wise! I venture not to rail Whose ordinance

is just and whose justice cannot fail.

When Sindbad the Porter had made an end of reciting his verses, he bore

up his burden and was about to fare on, when there came forth to him

from the gate a little foot-page, fair of face and shapely of shape and

dainty of dress, who caught him by the hand, saying, "Come in and speak

with my lord, for he calleth for thee." The Porter would have excused

himself to the page, but the lad would take no refusal; so he left his

load with the doorkeeper in the vestibule and followed the boy into the

house, which he found to be a goodly mansion, radiant and full of

majesty, till he brought him to a grand sitting-room wherein he saw a

company of nobles and great lords, seated at tables garnished with all

manner of flowers and sweet-scented herbs, besides great plenty of

dainty viands and fruits dried and fresh and confections and wines of

the choicest vintages. There also were instruments of music and mirth,

and lovely slave-girls playing and singing. All the company was ranged

according to rank, and in the highest place sat a man of worshipful and

noble aspect, whose beard-sides hoariness had stricken; and he was

stately of stature and fair of favor, agreeable of aspect and full of

gravity and dignity and majesty. So Sindbad the Porter was confounded at

that which he beheld, and said in himself, "By Allah, this must be

either a piece of Paradise or some king's palace!" Then he saluted the

company with much respect, praying for their prosperity; and kissing

ground before them, stood with his head bowed down in humble attitude.--

And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased to say her permitted

say.

NOW WHEN IT WAS THE FIVE HUNDRED AND THIRTY-EIGHTH NIGHT,

FIRST VOYAGE OF SINDBAD HIGHT THE SEAMAN.

My father was a merchant, one of the notables of my native place, a

moneyed man and ample of means, who died whilst I was yet a child,

leaving me much wealth in money and lands, and farmhouses. When I grew

up I laid hands on the whole and ate of the best and drank freely and

wore rich clothes and lived lavishly, companioning and consorting with

youths of my own age, and considering that this course of life would

continue for ever and ken no change. Thus did I for a long time, but at

last I awoke from my heedlessness, and returning to my senses, I found

my wealth had become unwealth and my condition ill-conditioned, and all

I once hent had left my hand. And recovering my reason I was stricken

with dismay and confusion, and bethought me of a saying of our lord

Solomon, son of David, (upon whom be Peace!) which I had heard aforetime

from my father, "Three things are better than other three: the day of

death is better than the day of birth, a live dog is better than a dead

lion, and the grave is better than want." Then I got together my remains

of estates and property and sold all, even my clothes, for three

thousand dirhams, with which I resolved to travel to foreign parts,

remembering the saying of the poet:--

By means of toil man shall scale the height; Who to fame

aspires mustn't sleep o' night:

Who seeketh pearl in the deep must dive, Winning weal and

wealth by his main and might:

And who seeketh Fame without toil and strife Th' impossible

seeketh and wasteth life.

So taking heart I bought me goods, merchandise, and all needed for a

voyage, and, impatient to be at sea, I embarked, with a company of

merchants, on board a ship bound for Bassorah. There we again embarked

and sailed many days and nights, and we passed from isle to isle and sea

to sea and shore to shore, buying and selling and bartering everywhere

the ship touched, and continued our course till we came to an island as

it were a garth of the garden of Paradise. Here the captain cast anchor,

and making fast to the shore, put out the landing planks. So all on

board landed and made furnaces, and lighting fires therein, busied

themselves in various ways, some cooking and some washing, whilst other

some walked about the island for solace, and the crew fell to eating and

drinking and playing and sporting. I was one of the walkers; but as we

were thus engaged, behold the master, who was standing on the gunwale,

cried out to us at the top of his voice, saying, "Ho there! passengers,

run for your lives and hasten back to the ship and leave your gear and

save yourselves from destruction, Allah preserve you! For this island

whereon ye stand is no true island, but a great fish stationary

a-middlemost of the sea, whereon the sand hath settled and trees have

sprung up of old time, so that it is become like unto an island; but

when ye lighted fires on it, it felt the heat and moved; and in a moment

it will sink with you into the sea and ye will all be drowned. So leave

your gear and seek your safety ere ye die."--

And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased saying her permitted

say.

NOW WHEN IT WAS THE FIVE HUNDRED AND THIRTY-NINTH NIGHT,

She said, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that when the

ship-master cried to the passengers, "Leave your gear and seek safety

ere ye die," all who heard him left gear and goods, clothes washed and

unwashed, fire-pots and brass cooking-pots, and fled back to the ship

for their lives, and some reached it while others (among whom was I) did

not, for suddenly the island shook and sank into the abysses of the

deep, with all that were thereon, and the dashing sea surged over it

with clashing waves. I sank with the others down, down into the deep,

but Almighty Allah preserved me from drowning and threw in my way a

great wooden tub of those that had served the ship's company for

tubbing. I gripped it for the sweetness of life, and bestriding it like

one riding, paddled with my feet like oars, whilst the waves tossed me

as in sport right and left. Meanwhile, the captain made sail and

departed with those who had reached the ship, regardless of the drowning

and the drowned; and I ceased not following the vessel with my eyes,

till she was hid from sight and I made sure of death. Darkness closed in

upon me while in this plight, and the winds and waves bore me on all

that night and the next day, till the tub brought to with me under the

lee of a lofty island, with trees overhanging the tide. I caught hold of

a branch and by its aid clambered up on to the land, after coming nigh

upon death; but when I reached the shore, I found my legs cramped and

numbed, and my feet bore traces of the nibbling of fish upon their

soles; withal I had felt nothing for excess of anguish and fatigue. I

threw myself down on the island-ground, like a dead man, and drowned in

desolation swooned away, nor did I return to my senses till next

morning, when the sun rose and revived me. But I found my feet swollen,

so made shift to move by shuffling on my breech and crawling on my

knees, for in that island were found store of fruit and springs of sweet

water. I ate of the fruits, which strengthened me; and thus I abode days

and nights, till my life seemed to return and my spirits began to revive

and I was better able to move about. So after due consideration I fell

to exploring the island and diverting myself with gazing upon all things

that Allah Almighty had created there; and rested under the trees, from

one of which I cut me a staff to lean upon. One day as I walked along

the marge, I caught sight of some object in the distance, and thought

it a wild beast or one of the monster creatures of the sea; but as I

drew near it, looking hard the while, I saw that it was a noble mare,

tethered on the beach. Presently I went up to her, but she cried out

against me with a great cry, so that I trembled for fear and turned to

go away, when there came forth a man from under the earth and followed

me, crying out and saying, "Who and whence art thou, and what caused

thee to come hither?" "O my lord," answered I, "I am in very sooth a

waif, a stranger, and was left to drown with sundry others by the ship

we voyaged in; but Allah graciously sent me a wooden tub, so I saved

myself thereon, and it floated with me till the waves cast me up on this

island." When he heard this he took my hand, and saying "Come with me,"

carried me into a great Sardáb, or underground chamber, which was

spacious as a saloon. He made me sit down at its upper end; then he

brought me somewhat of food, and, being anhungered, I ate till I was

satisfied and refreshed. And when he had put me at mine ease he

questioned me of myself, and I told him all that had befallen me from

first to last. And as he wondered at my adventure, I said, "By Allah, O

my lord, excuse me; I have told thee the truth of my case and the

accident which betided me. And now I desire that thou tell me who thou

art, and why thou abidest here under the earth, and why thou hast

tethered yonder mare on the brink of the sea." Answered he, "Know that I

am one of the several who are stationed in different parts of this

island, and we are of the grooms of King Mihrján, and under our hand are

all his horses.... And Inshallah! I will bear thee to King Mihrján--"

And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased to say her permitted

say.

NOW WHEN IT WAS THE FIVE HUNDRED AND FORTIETH NIGHT,

She continued, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that the Syce said

to Sindbad the Seaman, "I will bear thee to King Mihrján and show thee

our country. And know that hadst thou not happened on us, thou hadst

perished miserably and none had known of thee; but I will be the means

of the saving of thy life and of thy return to thine own land." I called

down blessings on him and thanked him for his kindness and courtesy....

After this, we sat awhile, till the rest of the grooms came up, each

leading a mare, and seeing me with their fellow Syce questioned me of my

case, and I repeated my story to them. Thereupon they drew near me, and

spreading the table, ate and invited me to eat; so I ate with them,

after which they took horse, and mounting me on one of the mares, set

out with me and fared on without ceasing, till we came to the capital

city of King Mihrján, and going in to him acquainted him with my story.

Then he sent for me, and when they set me before him and salams had been

exchanged, he gave me a cordial welcome and wishing me long life bade me

tell him my tale. So I related to him all that I had seen and all that

had befallen me from first to last, whereat he marveled and said to me,

"By Allah, O my son, thou hast indeed been miraculously preserved! Were

not the term of thy life a long one, thou hadst not escaped from these

straits; but praised be Allah for safety!" Then he spoke cheerily to me

and entreated me with kindness and consideration; moreover, he made me

his agent for the port and registrar of all ships that entered the

harbor. I attended him regularly, to receive his commandments, and he

favored me and did me all manner of kindness and invested me with costly

and splendid robes. Indeed, I was high in credit with him, as an

intercessor for the folk and an intermediary between them and him, when

they wanted aught of him. I abode thus a great while, and as often as I

passed through the city to the port, I questioned the merchants and

travelers and sailors of the city of Baghdad; so haply I might hear of

an occasion to return to my native land, but could find none who knew it

or knew any who resorted thither. At this I was chagrined, for I was

weary of long strangerhood; and my disappointment endured for a time

till one day, going in to King Mihrján, I found with him a company of

Indians. I saluted them and they returned my salam; and politely

welcomed me and asked me of my country--

And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased saying her permitted

say.

NOW WHEN IT WAS THE FIVE HUNDRED AND FORTY-FIRST NIGHT,

She continued, It hath reached me, O auspicious King, that Sindbad the

Seaman said:--When they asked me of my country I questioned them of

theirs, and they told me that they were of various castes, some being

called Shakiriyah, who are the noblest of their castes and neither

oppress nor offer violence to any, and other Brahmans, a folk who

abstain from wine, but live in delight and solace and merriment, and own

camels and horses and cattle. Moreover, they told me that the people of

India are divided into two-and-seventy castes, and I marveled at this

with exceeding marvel. Amongst other things that I saw in King Mihrján's

dominions was an island called Kásil, wherein all night is heard the

beating of drums and tabrets; but we were told by the neighboring

islanders and by travelers that the inhabitants are people of diligence

and judgment. In this sea I saw also a fish two hundred cubits long, and

the fishermen fear it; so they strike together pieces of wood and put it

to flight. I also saw another fish, with a head like that of an owl,

besides many other wonders and rarities, which it would be tedious to

recount. I occupied myself thus in visiting the islands, till one day,

as I stood in the port, with a staff in my hand, according to my custom,

behold, a great ship, wherein were many merchants, came sailing for the

harbor. When it reached the small inner port where ships anchor under

the city, the master furled his sails and making fast to the shore, put

out the landing-planks, whereupon the crew fell to breaking bulk and

landing cargo whilst I stood by, taking written note of them. They were

long in bringing the goods ashore, so I asked the master, "Is there

aught left in thy ship?" and he answered, "O my lord, there are divers

bales of merchandise in the hold, whose owner was drowned from amongst

us at one of the islands on our course; so his goods remained in our

charge by way of trust, and we propose to sell them and note their

price, that we may convey it to his people in the city of Baghdad, the

Home of Peace." "What was the merchant's name?" quoth I, and quoth he,

"Sindbad the Seaman"; whereupon I straitly considered him and knowing

him, cried out to him with a great cry, saying, "O captain, I am that

Sindbad the Seaman who traveled with other merchants; and when the fish

heaved and thou calledst to us, some saved themselves and others sank, I

being one of them. But Allah Almighty threw in my way a great tub of

wood, of those the crew had used to wash withal, and the winds and waves

carried me to this island, where by Allah's grace I fell in with King

Mihrján's grooms and they brought me hither to the King their master.

When I told him my story he entreated me with favor and made me his

harbor-master, and I have prospered in his service and found acceptance

with him. These bales, therefore, are mine, the goods which God hath

given me--"

And Shahrazad perceived the dawn of day and ceased to say her permitted

say.

NOW WHEN IT WAS THE FIVE HUNDRED AND FORTY-SECOND NIGHT,

Library of the World's Best Literature, Ancient and Modern — Volume 02 · 第 1 / 9 章